US20230212169A9 - Pyridopyrimidines derivatives as p2x3 inhibitors - Google Patents

Pyridopyrimidines derivatives as p2x3 inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20230212169A9
US20230212169A9 US17/615,012 US202017615012A US2023212169A9 US 20230212169 A9 US20230212169 A9 US 20230212169A9 US 202017615012 A US202017615012 A US 202017615012A US 2023212169 A9 US2023212169 A9 US 2023212169A9
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
pyrimidin
pyrido
amine
methyl
ethyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
US17/615,012
Other versions
US20220235060A1 (en
Inventor
Paolo Bruno
Matteo Biagetti
Claudio FIORELLI
Charles Baker-Glenn
Hervè VAN DE POËL
Stephen David Penrose
Roberta LANARO
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Chiesi Farmaceutici SpA
Original Assignee
Chiesi Farmaceutici SpA
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Chiesi Farmaceutici SpA filed Critical Chiesi Farmaceutici SpA
Assigned to CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES, INC. reassignment CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CHARLES RIVER DISCOVERY RESEARCH SERVICES UK LIMITED
Assigned to CHARLES RIVER DISCOVERY RESEARCH SERVICES UK LIMITED reassignment CHARLES RIVER DISCOVERY RESEARCH SERVICES UK LIMITED ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BAKER-GLENN, CHARLES, LANARO, Roberta, PENROSE, STEPHEN DAVID, VAN DE POËL, Hervè
Assigned to CHIESI FARMACEUTICI S.P.A. reassignment CHIESI FARMACEUTICI S.P.A. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BRUNO, PAOLO, BIAGETTI, MATTEO, FIORELLI, Claudio
Assigned to CHIESI FARMACEUTICI S.P.A. reassignment CHIESI FARMACEUTICI S.P.A. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES, INC.
Publication of US20220235060A1 publication Critical patent/US20220235060A1/en
Publication of US20230212169A9 publication Critical patent/US20230212169A9/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/14—Antitussive agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D475/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing pteridine ring systems
    • C07D475/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing pteridine ring systems with a nitrogen atom directly attached in position 4

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compounds inhibiting P2X purinoceptor 3 (hereinafter P2X 3 inhibitors); particularly the invention relates to compounds that are pyridopyrimidines derivatives, methods of preparing such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and therapeutic use thereof.
  • P2X 3 inhibitors compounds inhibiting P2X purinoceptor 3
  • the invention relates to compounds that are pyridopyrimidines derivatives, methods of preparing such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and therapeutic use thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention may be useful in the treatment of many disorders associated with P2X 3 receptors mechanisms, such as respiratory diseases including cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF) and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
  • respiratory diseases including cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF) and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
  • IPF idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • P2X receptors are cell surface ion channels activated by extracellular Adenosine 5-TriPhosphate (ATP).
  • P2X receptor family are trimeric assemblies composed of seven distinct subunit subtypes (P2X 1 -7) that assemble as homomeric and heteromeric channels. All subunits share a common topology containing intracellular termini, two transmembrane helices forming the ion channels and a large extracellular domain containing the ATP binding site.
  • Homomeric P2X 1 , P2X 2 , P2X 3 , P2X 4 , P2X 5 , and P2X 7 channels and heteromeric P2X 2/3 and P2X 1/5 channels have been fully characterized following heterologous expression.
  • P2X receptors are abundantly distributed, and functional responses are seen in neurons, glia, epithelia, endothelia, bone, muscle, and hemopoietic tissues. On smooth muscles, P2X receptors respond to ATP released from sympathetic motor nerves (e.g., in ejaculation). On sensory nerves, they are involved in the initiation of afferent signals in several viscera (e.g., bladder, intestine) and play a key role in sensing tissue-damaging and inflammatory stimuli. Paracrine roles for ATP signaling through P2X receptors are likely in neurohypophysis, ducted glands, airway epithelia, kidney, bone and hemopoietic tissues. (RA.
  • P2X receptors are non-selective cation channels permeable to Na+ and Ca+ ions and are activated by ATP; however, the pharmacology of the receptor subtypes varies with respect to sensitivity to ATP and to small molecules antagonists.
  • K Kaczmarek-Hajek et al Molecular and functional properties of P2X receptors—recent progress and persisting challenges; Purinergic Signalling 8:375-417, 2012
  • the P2X 3 receptor has been reported in heart and spinal cord at the mRNA level and in DRG, intestine (myenteric plexus neurons), urinary bladder (urothelium and suburothelium), and dental pulp at the protein level (Garcia-Guzman M et al: Molecular characterization and pharmacological properties of the human P2X 3 purinoceptor: Brain Res Mol Brain Res. 1997; 47(1-2):59-66).
  • P2X 3 subunits are also co-localized in many neurons, particularly within DRG, nodose ganglia, nucleus tractus solitarius, and taste buds (Cheung K K, Burnstock G: Localization of P2X 3 receptors and coexpression with P2X 2 receptors during rat embryonic neurogenesis. J Comp Neurol 443(4):368-382 2002)
  • P2X 3 antagonists have been proposed for the treatment of diabetic neuropathic pain (Guo J et al: Contributions of purinergic P2X 3 receptors within the midbrain periaqueductal gray to diabetes-induced neuropathic pain, J Physiol Sci Jan; 65(1):99-104 2015).
  • P2X 3 and P2X 2/3 channels play an important role in the development of articular hyperalgesia of arthritic joints (Teixeira J M et al: P2X 3 and P2X 2/3 Receptors Play a Crucial Role in Articular Hyperalgesia Development Through Inflammatory Mechanisms in the Knee Joint Experimental Synovitis, Mol Neurobiol October; 54(8):6174-6186, 2017).
  • P2X 3 are also a potential target for therapeutic treatment of bladder pain. They were also proposed to be analgesic targets to treat ureteral colicky pain and to facilitate ureteral stone passage (Canda A E et al: Physiology and pharmacology of the human ureter: basis for current and future treatments, Urol Int. 78(4):289-98, 2007).
  • P2X 3 over-expression is involved in poor recurrence-free survival in hepatocellular carcinoma patients and identifies the P2X 3 as a potential therapeutic target (Maynard J P et al: P2X 3 purinergic receptor overexpression is associated with poor recurrence-free survival in hepatocellular carcinoma patients Oncotarget December 1; 6(38):41162-79, 2015).
  • P2X 3 antagonists may improve recovery of erectile function (Li C L et al: Effects of intracavernous injection of P2X 3 and NK1 receptor antagonists on erectile dysfunction induced by spinal cord transection in rats, Andrologia February; 47(1):25-9, 2015).
  • ATP enhances citric acid-evoked and histamine-evoked cough in preclinical models, effects that can be attenuated by P2X 3 selective antagonists (Kamei J and Takahashi Y: Involvement of ionotropic purinergic receptors in the histamine-induced enhancement of the cough reflex sensitivity in guinea pigs, October 10; 547(1-3):160-4, 2006).
  • P2X 3 antagonists for the treatment of chronic cough was first recognized by Ford and Undem (Ford AP, Undem BJ: The therapeutic promise of ATP antagonism at P2X 3 receptors in respiratory and urological disorders, Front Cell Neurosci, December 19; 7:267, 2013).
  • P2X 3 are expressed by airway afferent nerves and mediate hypersensitivity of the cough reflex, which is dramatically reduced by the oral P2X 3 antagonist, AF-219 (Abdulgawi et al: P2X 3 receptor antagonist (AF-219) in refractory chronic cough: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled phase 2 study, Lancet 385, 1198-205, 2015).
  • ATP is a key neurotransmitter in the taste system, acting largely via P2X 2/3 heteromultimer receptors. Consequently, disruption of taste function may be an unintentional consequence of therapeutic trials of pain, chronic cough and other conditions using purinergic P2X 3 antagonists (Vandenbeuch A et al: Role of the ectonucleotidase NTPDase2 in taste bud function, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, September 3; 110(36):14789-94, 2013. Bo X et al: Localization of ATP-gated P2X 2 and P2X 3 receptor immunoreactive nerves in rat taste buds, Neuroreport, 10(5):1107-11, 1999).
  • WO2017058645 (Afferent Pharmaceuticals INC) discloses the use of diaminopyrimidine P2X 3 /P2X 2/3 antagonists for the treatment of disorders including cough, chronic cough and urge to cough, including cough associated with a respiratory disease or disorder, administering an efficacious amount of the compound disclosed.
  • pyridopyrimidines derivatives are not disclosed.
  • WO2017011729 discloses the use of cromolyn or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and P2X 3 and/or a P2X 2/3 receptor antagonist as antitussive agent, for the treatment of lung diseases and conditions.
  • WO2016091776 (Evotec AG), discloses 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamide compounds that inhibit P2X 3 receptor and to pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, and the use of compounds for the treatment os several disorders, including the respiratory diseases.
  • WO2016088838 discloses purine derivatives compounds having a novel P2X 3 and/or P2X 2/3 receptor antagonizing effect.
  • WO2016084922 discloses triazine derivatives compounds having a novel P2X 3 and/or P2X 2/3 receptor antagonizing effect
  • WO2008123963 (Renovis) relates to fused heterocyclic compounds of the class tetrahydropyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidines and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds. Also provided are methods for preventing and/or treating several disorders, such as neurodegenerative disorders, pain, asthma, autoimmune disorders administering the disclosed comoounds.
  • WO2008130481 discloses 2-cyanophenyl fused heterocyclic compounds of the class tetrahydropyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidines and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds.
  • WO2010033168 discloses a series of benzamides substituted with phenyl or pyridyl which are stated to be useful for treatment of diseases associated with P2X purinergic receptors, and more particularly to P2X 3 receptor and/or P2X 2/3 receptor antagonists.
  • pyridopyrimidines derivatives are not disclosed.
  • WO2009110985 (Renovis) relates to phenyl- and pyridyl-substituted benzamide compounds and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, but not thiazole-substituted benzamides, rendering said compounds different from the compounds of the present invention.
  • WO2008000645 discloses tetrazole substituted arylamides compounds antagonists of P2X 3 and/or P2X 2/3 receptors, useful for the treatment of genitourinary, pain, gastrointestinal and respiratory diseases, conditions and disorders.
  • the present invention refers to compounds of formula (I)
  • X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are independently CH or N,
  • Z is H or selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-, heteroaryl, aryl, wherein any of such heteroaryl and aryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, halo, CN, (R A R B )NC(O)—;
  • R 1 is H
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-, (C 3 -C 8 )heterocycloalkyl-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl-, wherein any of such alkyl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, halo, R A O(C 1 -C 4 )alkylene-, (C 1 -C 6 ) haloalkyl, R A O—;
  • R A and R B are at each occurrence independently H or (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-, or
  • R A and R B may form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached a 6-membered saturated heterocyclic monocyclic ring system optionally containing a further heteroatom which is nitrogen, which may be optionally substituted by R C (O)C—;
  • R C is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
  • the invention refers to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, either alone or in combination with another one or more active ingredient, in admixture with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • the invention provides a compound of formula (I) for the use as a medicament.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of formula (I) for use in treatment of any disease wherein the P2X 3 receptors are involved.
  • the invention refers to a compound of formula (I) for use in the prevention and/or treatment of respiratory diseases including cough, sub-acute or chronic cough, treatment-resistant cough, idiopathic chronic cough, post-viral cough, iatrogenic cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and cough associated with respiratory diseases such as COPD, asthma and bronchospasm.
  • respiratory diseases including cough, sub-acute or chronic cough, treatment-resistant cough, idiopathic chronic cough, post-viral cough, iatrogenic cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and cough associated with respiratory diseases such as COPD, asthma and bronchospasm.
  • the invention refers to a compound of formula IIIa
  • R 7 is OH and/or Cl
  • R 8 is halo
  • the invention refers to the use of compound of formula (IIIa) as intermediate in the preparation of compounds of formula (I).
  • the invention relates to a compound of formula (I)
  • X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are independently CH or N,
  • Z is H or selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-, heteroaryl, aryl, wherein any of such heteroaryl and aryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, halo, CN, (R A R B )NC(O)—;
  • R 1 is H
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-, (C 3 -C 8 )heterocycloalkyl-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl-, wherein any of such alkyl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, halo, R A O(C 1 -C 4 )alkylene-, (C 1 -C 6 ) haloalkyl, R A O—;
  • R A and R B are at each occurrence independently H or (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-, or
  • R A and R B may form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached a 6-membered saturated heterocyclic monocyclic ring system optionally containing a further heteroatom which is nitrogen, which may be optionally substituted by R C (O)C—;
  • R C is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl
  • J is H or selected from the group consisting of (R A R B )N—.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to derivatives of compounds of formula (I) wherein the parent compound is suitably modified by converting any of the free acid or basic group, if present, into the corresponding addition salt with any base or acid conventionally intended as being pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • Suitable examples of said salts may thus include mineral or organic acid addition salts of basic residues such as amino groups, as well as mineral or organic basic addition salts of acid residues such as carboxylic groups.
  • Cations of inorganic bases which can be suitably used to prepare salts comprise ions of alkali or alkaline earth metals such as potassium, sodium, calcium or magnesium.
  • Those obtained by reacting the main compound, functioning as a base, with an inorganic or organic acid to form a salt comprise, for example, salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methane sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid and citric acid.
  • halogen or “halogen atoms” as used herein includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine atom, preferably chlorine or fluorine.
  • (C x -C y ) alkyl wherein x and y are integers, refers to a straight or branched chain alkyl radical having from x to y carbon atoms.
  • x is 1 and y is 6, for example, the term includes methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl and n-hexyl.
  • (C x -C y )alkylene wherein x and y are integers, refers to a C x -C y alkyl radical having in total two unsatisfied valencies, such as a divalent methylene radical.
  • (C x -C y ) haloalkyl wherein x and y are integers, refer to the above defined “C x -C y alkyl” groups wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by one or more halogen atoms, which can be the same or different.
  • Examples of said “(C x -C y ) haloalkyl” groups may thus include halogenated, poly-halogenated and fully halogenated alkyl groups wherein all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms, e.g. trifluoromethyl or difluoro methyl, trifluoroethyl groups.
  • (C 1 -C 6 ) hydroxyalkyl or “(C 1 -C 6 ) aminoalkyl” refer to the above defined “(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl” groups wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by one or more hydroxy (OH) or amino group respectively. Examples include respectively hydroxymethyl, aminomethyl, dimethylaminopropyl and the like.
  • aminoalkyl encompasses alkyl groups (i.e. “(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl” groups) substituted by one or more amino group (—NR A R B ).
  • an example of aminoalkyl is a mono-aminoalkyl group such as R A R B N—(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl.
  • R A and R B when R A and R B are taken together with the nitrogen atom they are linked to form 5 to 6 membered heterocyclic radical, at least one further ring carbon atom in the said heterocyclic radical is optionally replaced by at least one heteroatom (e.g. N, S or O) and/or may bear-oxo ( ⁇ O) substituent groups.
  • the said heterocyclic radical might be further optionally substituted on any available position in the ring, namely on a carbon atom, or on any heteroatom available for substitution. Substitution on a carbon atom includes spiro disubstitution as well as substitution on two adjacent carbon atoms, in both cases thus form an additional 5 to 6 membered heterocyclic ring.
  • heterocycle radicals are 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 4-methylpiperazinyl, piperazin-4yl-2-one, 4-morpholinyl, morpholinyl-3-one, 1-(piperazin-1-yl)ethenone.
  • (C x -C y ) cycloalkyl wherein x and y are integers, refers to saturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing the indicated number of ring carbon atoms. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl.
  • aryl refers to mono cyclic carbon ring systems which have 6 ring atoms wherein the ring is aromatic.
  • suitable aryl monocyclic ring systems include, for instance, phenyl.
  • heteroaryl refers to a mono- or bi-cyclic aromatic radical containing one or more heteroatoms selected from S, N and O, and includes radicals having two such monocyclic rings, or one such monocyclic ring and one monocyclic aryl ring, which are fused through a common bond.
  • Examples of suitable 5,6-membered heteroaryl are: are thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl and triazinyl.
  • heterocyclyl or “heterocyclic” relate to a saturated mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic non-aromatic radical containing one or more heteroatoms selected from S, N and O.
  • bicyclic heterocyclic systems included within the scope of the term are fused, spiro and bridged bicyclic systems.
  • (C x -C y ) heterocycloalkyl wherein x and y are integers, refers to saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic (C x -C y ) cycloalkyl groups in which at least one ring carbon atom is replaced by at least one heteroatom (e.g. N, S or O) or may bear an -oxo ( ⁇ O) substituent group.
  • Said heterocycloalkyl i.e. heterocyclic radical or group
  • Substitution on a carbon atom includes spiro disubstitution as well as substitution on two adjacent carbon atoms, in both cases thus form additional condensed 5 to 6 membered heterocyclic ring.
  • Examples of (C x -C y ) heterocycloalkyl are represented by: pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, dihydro- or tetrahydro-pyridinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyranyl, 2H- or 4H-pyranyl, dihydro- or tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydroisoxazolyl, pyrrolidin-2-one-yl, dihydropyrrolyl radicals and the like.
  • heterocycle radicals are tetrahydrothiophene 1,1-dioxide, 3,3-difluoropyrrolidinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 4-morpholinyl.
  • Aryloxyl and “Aryl (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxyl” likewise “heteroAryloxyl” and “Heteroaryl (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxyl” refer to Aryl or Heteroaryl groups attached through an oxygen bridge and chained Aryl-alkoxyl or HeteroAryl-alkoxyl groups. Examples of such groups are phenyloxy, benzyloxy and pyridinyloxy respectively.
  • aryl (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl refers to an aryl ring linked to a straight-chained or branched alkyl groups wherein the number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 6, e.g. phenylmethyl (i.e. benzyl), phenylethyl or phenylpropyl.
  • heteroaryl (C x -C y )alkyl or “aryl (C x -C y )alkyl” refers to an heteroaryl or aryl ring linked to a straight-chained or branched alkyl groups having from x to y carbon atoms.
  • ring system refers to mono- or bicyclic or polycyclic ring systems which may be saturated, partially unsaturated or unsaturated, such as aryl, (C 3 -C 10 ) cycloalkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl.
  • heterocyclic radical refers to a mono- or bi-cyclic saturated or partially saturated heterocyclic moiety (group, radical), preferably a 4 to 11 membered monocyclic radical, at least one further ring carbon atom in the said heterocyclic radical is optionally replaced by at least one further heteroatom independently selected from N, S or O and/or may bear an -oxo ( ⁇ O) substituent group, said heterocyclic radical is further optionally including spiro disubstitution as well as substitution on two adjacent or vicinal atoms forming an additional 5 to 6 membered cyclic or heterocyclic, saturated, partially saturated or aromatic ring.
  • said heterocycle radicals are 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 4-morpholinyl
  • a dash (“-”) that is not between two letters or symbols is meant to represent the point of attachment for a substituent.
  • the point of attachment in a cyclic functional group is indicated with a dot (“ ⁇ ”) localized in one of the available ring atoms where the functional group is attachable to a bond or other fragment of molecules.
  • an oxo moiety is represented by (O) as an alternative to the other common representation, e.g. ( ⁇ O).
  • the carbonyl group is herein represented as —C(O)—.
  • the bracketed group is a lateral group, not included into the chain, and brackets are used, when deemed useful, to help disambiguating linear chemical formulas; e.g. the sulfonyl group —SO 2 — might be also represented as —S(O) 2 — to disambiguate e.g. with respect to the sulfinic group —S(O)O—.
  • physiologically acceptable anions may be present, selected among chloride, bromide, iodide, trifluoroacetate, formate, sulfate, phosphate, methanesulfonate, nitrate, maleate, acetate, citrate, fumarate, tartrate, oxalate, succinate, benzoate, p-toluenesulfonate, pamoate and naphthalene disulfonate.
  • acidic groups such as COOH groups
  • corresponding physiological cation salts may be present as well, for instance including alkaline or alkaline earth metal ions.
  • the compounds according to the invention may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where the compounds according to the invention possess two or more stereogenic centers, they may additionally exist as diastereoisomers. All such single enantiomers, diastereoisomers and mixtures thereof in any proportion are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
  • the absolute configuration (R) or (S) for carbon bearing a stereogenic center is assigned on the basis of Cahn-Ingold-Prelog nomenclature rules based on groups' priorities.
  • the invention further concerns the corresponding deuterated derivatives of compounds of formula (I).
  • the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) as defined above, wherein
  • X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are independently CH or N,
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of
  • heteroaryl preferably pyridinyl, thiazolyl and thienyl
  • aryl preferably phenyl
  • any of such heteroaryl and aryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl and halo, preferably from methyl, fluorine and chlorine;
  • R 1 is H
  • R 2 is a heteroaryl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-, preferably (pyridazyl)methyl, (pyridazyl)ethyl (pyridinyl)methyl, (pyrimidinyl)ethyl, (oxadiazolyl)ethyl, wherein any of such heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, halo and (C 1 -C 6 )haloalkyl, preferably from methyl, fluorine and trifluoromethyl; and
  • the invention refers to at least one of the compounds listed in the table 1 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) as defined above, wherein X 1 is N, X 2 and X 3 are CH, represented by the formula (Ia)
  • Z is H or selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-, heteroaryl, aryl, wherein any of such heteroaryl and aryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, halo, CN, (R A R B )NC(O)—;
  • R1 is H
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-, (C 3 -C 8 )heterocycloalkyl-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, wherein any of such alkyl, heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, halo, R A O(C 1 -C 4 )alkylene-, (C 1 -C 6 ) haloalkyl, R A O—;
  • R A and R B are at each occurrence independently H or (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-, or
  • R A and R B may form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached a 6 membered saturated heterocyclic monocyclic ring system optionally containing a further heteroatom which is nitrogen, which may be optionally substituted by R C (O)C—;
  • R C is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl
  • the invention refers to compound of formula (Ia) wherein
  • Z is H or selected from the group consisting of
  • R 1 is H
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of
  • each of said heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl, fluorine, trifluoromethyl, R A O— wherein R A is methyl;
  • J is H or (R A R B )N— wherein R A and R B form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached a 6 membered saturated heterocyclic monocyclic ring system optionally containing a further heteroatom which is nitrogen, said heterocyclic radical is in its turn optionally further substituted by R C (O)C— wherein R C is methyl.
  • the invention refers to at least one of the compounds listed in the table 2 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • the invention refers to compound of formula (Ia) wherein
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, aryl, wherein any of such heteroaryl and aryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, halo;
  • R1 is H
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, wherein any of such alkyl, heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, halo, (C 1 -C 6 ) haloalkyl, -oxo;
  • the invention refers to at least one of the compounds listed in the table 3 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • the invention refers to compound of formula (Ia) wherein
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridinyl and thienyl, wherein any of such phenyl, pyridinyl and thienyl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl and fluorine;
  • R1 is H
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C 1 -C 2 )alkyl, wherein any of such heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl, fluorine and trifluoromethyl;
  • the invention refers to at least one of the compounds listed in the table 4 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) as defined above, wherein X 1 is CH, represented by the formula Ib
  • X 2 and X 3 are independently CH or N,
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and aryl wherein any of such aryl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, halo;
  • R 1 is H
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-, wherein any of such alkyl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 ) haloalkyl;
  • the invention refers to compound of formula Ib wherein X 2 and X 3 are independently CH or N,
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of
  • R1 is H
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of
  • each of said heteroarylalkyl is further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl and trifluoromethyl;
  • the invention refers to at least one compounds listed in the table 5 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • the invention refers to compound of formula Ib wherein X 2 and X 3 are independently CH or N,
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of pyridinyl, thiazolyl and phenyl,
  • each of said pyridinyl, thiazolyl and phenyl are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl and fluorine;
  • R1 is H
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of (pyrimidyl)ethyl and (pyridazyl)methyl,
  • each of said (pyrimidyl)ethyl and (pyridazyl)methyl are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl and trifluoromethyl;
  • the invention refers to at least one compounds listed in the table 6 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) as defined above, wherein X 1 and X 3 are N and X 2 is CH, represented by the formula Ic
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein any of such aryl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo and (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl;
  • R 1 is H
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-, wherein any of such heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 ) haloalkyl;
  • the invention refers to compound of formula Ic wherein
  • Z is aryl, preferably phenyl, each of said aryl is further optionally substituted by one or more fluorine;
  • R1 is H
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of
  • each of said heteroarylalkyl is further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl and trifluoromethyl;
  • the invention refers to at least one compounds listed in the Table 7 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • compound (Ia) may be prepared according to SCHEME 1 from intermediates (II).
  • Intermediates (III) may be prepared from intermediate (IIa) by deoxyamination reaction mediated by reagents like PyBOP or similar in the presence of a suitable amine (Reag. 1) or alternatively from intermediate (IIb) by reaction with a suitable amine (Reag. 1).
  • Compound (Ia) may be prepared from Intermediate (III) by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • intermediate (IV) may be prepared from intermediates (IIa) by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • Compound (Ia) may be prepared from Intermediate (IV) by deoxyamination reaction mediated by reagents like PyBOP or similar in the presence of a suitable amine (Reag. 1).
  • Intermediates (IVa) may be prepared from intermediate (IV) using a suitable chlorinating agent like, for example, phosphorus(V) oxychloride or thionyl chloride.
  • Compounds (Ia) may be prepared from intermediate (IVa) by an amination reaction with a suitable amine (Reag. 1) in the presence of a base like, for example, DIPEA.
  • compound (Ia) may be prepared according to SCHEME 2 from intermediate (V).
  • Intermediate (VI) may be prepared from Intermediate (V) by an amination reaction with a suitable amine (Reag. 1) in the presence of a base like, for example, DIPEA.
  • Intermediate (VII) may be prepared from Intermediate (VI) by an amination reaction with a suitable amine (Reag. 4) in the presence of a base like, for example, DIPEA.
  • Compound (Ia) may be prepared from Intermediate (VII) by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • compound (Ib) may be prepared according to SCHEME 3 from intermediate (VIII).
  • Intermediate (IX) may be prepared from Intermediate (VIII) by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • Compounds (Ib) may be prepared from intermediate (IX) by deoxyamination reaction mediated by reagents like PyBOP or similar in the presence of a suitable amine (Reag. 1).
  • intermediate (X) may be prepared from intermediates (VIII) by deoxyamination reaction mediated by reagents like PyBOP or similar in the presence of a suitable amine (Reag. 1).
  • Compound (Ib) may be prepared from Intermediate (X) by by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • compound (Ib) may be prepared according to SCHEME 4 from intermediate (XI).
  • Intermediates (XII) may be prepared from intermediate (XI) by deoxyamination reaction mediated by reagents like PyBOP or similar in the presence of a suitable amine (Reag. 1).
  • Compound (Ib) may be prepared from Intermediate (XII) by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • compound (Ic) may be prepared according to SCHEME 5 from intermediate (XIII).
  • Intermediate (XIV) may be prepared from Intermediate (XIII) by means of a ring construction reaction mediated by suitable reagents like, for example, triethylorthoformate.
  • Intermediate (XV) may be prepared from Intermediate (XIV) by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • Intermediates (XVI) may be prepared from intermediate (XV) by deoxyhalogenation reaction mediated by reagents like thionyl chloride or similar.
  • Compounds (Ic) may be prepared from intermediate (XVI) by amination reaction with a suitable amine R1 in the presence of a base like, for example, DIPEA.
  • R 7 is OH and/or C 1 ;
  • R 8 is halo
  • the present invention relates to the use of compounds of formula (IIIa) as intermediate in the preparation of compounds of formula (I) as above described.
  • the compounds of the present invention have surprisingly been found to effectively inhibit P2X 3 receptor and said compounds are useful for the treatment of respiratory disease.
  • representative compounds of formula (I) of the present invention have surprisingly been found to effectively and selectively inhibit P2X 3 receptor and said compounds are useful for the treatment of respiratory disease avoiding adverse effect, such as loss of taste response.
  • the compound of formula (I) are selective P2X 3 antagonist wherein the selective P2X 3 antagonist is at least 10-fold selective for P2X 3 homomeric receptor antagonism versus P2X 2/3 heteromeric receptor antagonism.
  • the selective P2X 3 antagonist is at least 30-fold selective for P2X 3 homomeric receptor antagonism versus P2X 2/3 heteromeric receptor antagonism.
  • the selective P2X 3 antagonist is at least 50-fold selective for P2X 3 homomeric receptor antagonism versus P2X 2/3 heteromeric receptor antagonism.
  • the present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in admixture with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, either alone or in combination with one or more further active ingredient.
  • the invention refers to a compound of formula (I) according to the invention for use as a medicament.
  • the invention refers to the use of a compound of formula (I) of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of disorders associated with P2X 3 receptors mechanism, preferably for the treatment of respiratory diseases.
  • the invention refers to a compound of formula (I) for use in the prevention and/or treatment of respiratory diseases, preferably cough, sub-acute or chronic cough, treatment-resistant cough, idiopathic chronic cough, post-viral cough, iatrogenic cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and cough associated with respiratory diseases such as COPD, asthma and bronchospasm.
  • respiratory diseases preferably cough, sub-acute or chronic cough, treatment-resistant cough, idiopathic chronic cough, post-viral cough, iatrogenic cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and cough associated with respiratory diseases such as COPD, asthma and bronchospasm.
  • respiratory diseases preferably cough, sub-acute or chronic cough, treatment-resistant cough, idiopathic chronic cough, post-viral cough, iatrogenic cough, asthma, idi
  • the invention refers to a compounds of formula (I) for use in the prevention and/or treatment of chronic cough and cough associated with respiratory diseases such as COPD, asthma and bronchospasm.
  • the invention also refers to a method for the prevention and/or treatment of disorders associated with P2X 3 receptors mechanisms, said method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the disorder that can be treated by the compounds of the present invention is selected from the group consisting of cough, sub-acute or chronic cough, treatment-resistant cough, idiopathic chronic cough, post-viral cough, iatrogenic cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and cough associated with respiratory diseases such as COPD, asthma and bronchospasm.
  • the disorder is selected from cough and chronic cough.
  • the methods of treatment of the invention comprise administering a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a patient in need thereof.
  • safe and effective amount in reference to a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or other pharmaceutically-active agent means an amount of the compound sufficient to treat the patient's condition but low enough to avoid serious side effects and it can nevertheless be routinely determined by the skilled artisan.
  • the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered once or according to a dosing regimen wherein a number of doses are administered at varying intervals of time for a given period of time. Typical daily dosages may vary depending upon the particular route of administration chosen.
  • the invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions of compounds of formula (I) in admixture with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, for example those described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences Handbook, XVII Ed., Mack Pub., N.Y., U.S.A.
  • Administration of the compounds of the invention and their pharmaceutical compositions may be accomplished according to patient needs, for example, orally, nasally, parenterally (subcutaneously, intravenously, intramuscularly, intrasternally and by infusion) and by inhalation.
  • the compounds of the present invention are administered orally and by inhalation.
  • solid oral dosage forms can be used for administering compounds of the invention including such solid forms as tablets, gelcaps, capsules, caplets, granules, lozenges and bulk powders.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered alone or combined with various pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents (such as sucrose, mannitol, lactose, starches) and known excipients, including suspending agents, solubilizers, buffering agents, binders, disintegrants, preservatives, colorants, flavorants, lubricants and the like.
  • Time release capsules, tablets and gels are also advantageous in administering the compounds of the invention.
  • the compounds of the invention are administered in forms of tablets.
  • liquid oral dosage forms can also be used for administering compounds of the invention, including aqueous and non-aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs.
  • Such dosage forms can also contain suitable known inert diluents such as water and suitable known excipients such as preservatives, wetting agents, sweeteners, flavorants, as well as agents for emulsifying and/or suspending the compounds of the invention.
  • the compounds of the invention may be injected, for example, intravenously, in the form of an isotonic sterile solution.
  • the compounds according to the invention are preferably administered by inhalation.
  • Inhalable preparations include inhalable powders, propellant-containing metering aerosols or propellant-free inhalable formulations.
  • the powder may be filled in gelatine, plastic or other capsules, cartridges or blister packs or in a reservoir.
  • a diluent or carrier chemically inert to the compounds of the invention e.g. lactose or any other additive suitable for improving the respirable fraction may be added to the powdered compounds of the invention.
  • Inhalation aerosols containing propellant gas such as hydrofluoroalkanes may contain the compounds of the invention either in solution or in dispersed form.
  • the propellant-driven formulations may also contain other ingredients such as co-solvents, stabilizers and optionally other excipients.
  • the propellant-free inhalable formulations comprising the compounds of the invention may be in form of solutions or suspensions in an aqueous, alcoholic or hydroalcoholic medium and they may be delivered by jet or ultrasonic nebulizers known from the prior art or by soft-mist nebulizers.
  • the compounds of the present invention are administered orally.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered as the sole active agent or in combination with other pharmaceutical active ingredients.
  • the dosages of the compounds of the invention depend upon a variety of factors including among others the particular disease to be treated, the severity of the symptoms, the route of administration and the like.
  • the invention is also directed to a device comprising a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) according to the invention, in form of a single- or multi-dose dry powder inhaler or a metered dose inhaler.
  • Chemical names were generated using the Dotmatics software. In some case generally accepted names of commercially available reagents were used in place of Dotmatics software generated names.
  • Preparative HPLC purification was performed by reverse phase HPLC using a Waters Fractionlynx preparative HPLC system (2525 pump, 2996/2998 UV/VIS detector, 2767 liquid handler) or an equivalent HPLC system such as a Gilson Trilution UV directed system.
  • the Waters 2767 liquid handler acted as both auto-sampler and fraction collector.
  • the columns used for the preparative purification of the compounds were a Waters Sunfire OBD Phenomenex Luna Phenyl Hexyl or Waters Xbridge Phenyl at 10 ⁇ m 19 ⁇ 150 mm or Waters CSH Phenyl Hexyl, 19 ⁇ 150, 5 ⁇ m column.
  • Appropriate focused gradients were selected based on acetonitrile and methanol solvent systems under either acidic or basic conditions.
  • the modifiers used under acidic/basic conditions were formic acid or trifluoroacetic acid (0.1% V/V) and ammonium bicarbonate (10 mM) respectively.
  • the purification was controlled by Waters Fractionlynx software through monitoring at 210-400 nm, and triggered a threshold collection value at 260 nm and, when using the Fractionlynx, the presence of target molecular ion as observed under API conditions. Collected fractions were analysed by LCMS (Waters Acquity systems with Waters SQD).
  • the diastereomeric separation of compounds was achieved by Supercritical Fluid Chromatography (SFC) using a Waters Thar Prep100 preparative SFC system (P200 CO2 pump, 2545 modifier pump, 2998 UV/VIS detector, 2767 liquid handler with Stacked Injection Module).
  • SFC Supercritical Fluid Chromatography
  • the Waters 2767 liquid handler acted as both auto-sampler and fraction collector.
  • Appropriate isocratic methods were selected based on methanol, ethanol or isopropanol solvent systems under un-modified or basic conditions.
  • the standard SFC method used was modifier, CO2, 100 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • the modifier used under basic conditions was diethylamine (0.1% V/V).
  • the modifier used under acidic conditions was either formic acid (0.1% V/V) or trifluoroacetic acid (0.1% V/V).
  • the SFC purification was controlled by Waters Fractionlynx software through monitoring at 210-400 nm and triggered at a threshold collection value, typically 260 nm. Collected fractions were analysed by SFC (Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD). The fractions that contained the desired product were concentrated by vacuum centrifugation.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-3 column with a 15% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-3 column with a 20% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 55% ethyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 20% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 30% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 50% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 25% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 15% ethyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 25% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 35% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 55% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 15% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 20% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Cellulose-C column with a 15% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Cellulose-C column with a 15% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Cellulose-C column with a 25% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Cellulose-SC column with a 55% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-3 column with a 10% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-3 column with a 30% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 20% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 40% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 55% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 55% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 20% ethyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 25% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 55% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 30% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Cellulose-C column with a 40% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
  • Step 1 Preparation of 6-bromo-4-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine
  • 6-Bromopyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (7.0 g, 30.97 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (260 mL) and the reaction mixture cooled to 0° C.
  • Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 1.49 g, 37.16 mmol) was added portion-wise and the reaction mixture stirred for 30 min.
  • (2-Chloromethoxyethyl)trimethylsilane (8.2 ml, 46.45 mmol) was then added dropwise. The reaction was then stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour and then allowed to warm to room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and partitioned with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The phases were separated, and the aqueous layer washed with ethyl acetate (3 ⁇ 50 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with 0-70% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane to give the title compound (6.0 g, 54%) as a white solid.
  • Step 2 Preparation of 5-methyl-2-(4-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)-methoxy)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)thiazole
  • 6-(5-Methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3N)-one 60 mg, 0.25 mmol
  • N,N-diisopropylethyl amine 0.21 ml, 1.23 mmol
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 95° C. and phosphorus(V) oxychloride (0.027 ml, 0.30 mmol) was added.
  • the reaction was heated at 95° C. for 2 hours and cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH + ] 340 at 2.63 min.
  • Phosphorus oxychloride (0.5 mL, 5.39 mmol) was added under nitrogen to a stirred suspension of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (1 g, 4.15 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.6 mL, 20.7 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (20 mL). The mixture was heated to 90° C. for 2 hours, after which time analysis by LC-MS indicated conversion to the desired target. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the residue obtained was partitioned between DCM (40 mL) and saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO 3 (10 mL).
  • Step 2 Preparation of 6-(1-((6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one
  • 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (intermediate 2) (23.5 g, 97.4 mmol, 1 eq) was suspended in SOCl 2 (240 mL), then DMF (2.5 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux until a clear solution formed. The reaction was then complete and volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was macerated with EtOAc, then filtered and dried to give 4-chloro-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (23.6 g, 91.9 mmol, 94% Yield).
  • the compound 18 was obtained as a side product in the preparation of Example 17.
  • 2-Amino-5-bromo-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (3 g, 13.82 mmol) was finely ground with urea (4.90 g, 81.59 mmol). The mixture was heated to the point of evaporation of urea (280° C.) using a sand bath until its solidification. After cooling, the obtained solid was dissolved in 50 mL of 2 N sodium hydroxide and then filtered while hot. 6 N HCl solution was added dropwise into the mixture until a pH of 8. The resulting precipitate was filtered off, washed with cold water and dried in vacuo to give the title compound (3.0 g, 89.5%).
  • Step 1 Preparation of 6-bromo-2-chloro-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Step 2 Preparation of 1-(4-(6-bromo-4-(((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (Intermediate 10)
  • 6-Bromo-2-chloro-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (485 mg, 1.33 mmol), 1-acetylpiperazine (340 mg, 2.65 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.2 mL, 6.63 mmol) were dissolved in 1-butanol (10 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was heated to 140° C. for one hour.
  • the reaction was cooled down to room temperature, diluted with dichloromethane (20 mL) and washed with water (50 mL).
  • the organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give the title compound (350 mg, 58%) as a red solid.
  • 1,4-Dioxane (2 mL) and water (0.5 mL) were added and the solution was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes.
  • the reaction mixture was heated to 110° C. for 20 minutes in a microwave reactor. After return to room temperature, water (2 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 ⁇ 20 mL). The organic phase were combined, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compounds.
  • Nitrogen gas was bubbled for 5 min through a mixture of 1-(4-(6-bromo-4-(((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (Intermediate 10) (50 mg, 0.109 mmol), 5-methyl-2-(tri-n-butylstannyl)thiazole (0.077 mL, 0.219 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (19 mg, 0.0164 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL). The mixture was heated to 80° C. for 18 hours.
  • 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one 200 mg, 0.83 mmol was suspended in thionyl chloride (1.2 mL, 16.6 mmol) and DMF (0.6 ⁇ L, 0.008 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 95° C. for 16 hours and cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH + ] 352 at 2.75 min. Chiral analysis (Method 22) at 3.61 min.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH + ] 340 at 2.39 min.
  • LCMS (Method 3): [MH + ] 337 at 3.64 min.
  • LCMS (Method 3): [MH + ] 405 at 4.77 min.
  • LCMS (Method 3): [MH + ] 356 at 3.29 min.
  • LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] 337 at 3.33 min.
  • LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] 339 at 3.67 min.
  • 6-(5-Fluoropyridin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one 200 mg, 0.64 mmol was suspended in thionyl chloride (1.2 mL, 16.5 mmol) and DMF (0.001 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 95° C. for 22 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was diluted with saturated NaHCO 3 solution and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 ⁇ 50 mL). The combined organic phases were dried, and the solvent was removed in vacuo.
  • 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (90 mg, 0.37 mmol) and DIPEA (0.32 ml, 1.87 mmol) were suspended in toluene (3.5 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 95° C. and phosphorus(V) oxychloride (0.042 mL, 0.45 mmol) was added.
  • the reaction was heated at 95° C. for 2 hours and then cooled to room temperature.
  • 6-Chloropyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one 50 mg, 0.27 mmol
  • (Benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate 158 mg, 0.30 mmol
  • (6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methanamine hydrochloride salt 59 mg, 0.30 mmol
  • N,N-dimethylformamide (1 mL
  • N,N-diisopropylethylamine 1.2 mL, 7 mmol
  • 6-Chloro-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine 50 mg, 0.17 mmol
  • potassium carbonate 96 mg, 0.70 mmol
  • 4-fluorophenylboronic acid 73 mg, 0.52 mmol
  • tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) 30 mg, 0.026 mmol
  • 6-Bromopyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one 150 mg, 0.66 mmol
  • (benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate 380 mg, 0.73 mmol
  • (6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methanamine hydrochloride salt 143 mg, 0.73 mmol
  • N,N-dimethylformamide 1 mL
  • N,N-diisopropylethylamine 2.9 mL, 16 mmol
  • 6-Bromo-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (Intermediate 13) (50 mg, 0.15 mmol), potassium carbonate (63 mg, 0.45 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (23 mg, 0.16 mmol) and [1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (11 mg, 0.016 mmol) were placed in a microwave vial. 1.4-Dioxane (2 mL) and water (0.5 mL) were added and the solution was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 110° C.
  • Acetic anhydride (10 mL, 105.79 mmol) was added to a suspension of 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine-2-carboxamide (2 g, 9.22 mmol) in triethyl orthoformate (20 mL, 120.24 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 120° C. for one hour and at 90° C. for 2 days. After return to room temperature, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated in IPA, filtered and dried to give the title compound (1.3 g, 62%) as a brown solid.
  • 6-Bromopteridin-4(3H)-one (Intermediate 16) (300 mg, 1.32 mmol), potassium carbonate (548 mg, 3.96 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (203 mg, 1.45 mmol) and [1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (97 mg, 0.132 mmol) were placed in a microwave vial. Dioxane (5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) were added and the solution was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 110° C. for 35 minutes in a microwave reactor.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] 351 at 3.18 min. Chiral analysis (Method 10) at 1.45 min.
  • LCMS (Method 3) [MH+] 354 at 3.31 min. Chiral analysis (Method 5) at 1.21 min.
  • LCMS (Method 3) [MH+] 354 at 3.31 min. Chiral analysis (Method 5) at 1.52 min.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH + ] 405 at 4.12 min. Chiral analysis (Method 24) at 1.02 min.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] 367 at 2.96 min. Chiral analysis (Method 10) at 2.73 min.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] 367 at 2.95 min. Chiral analysis (Method 10) at 3.86 min.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] 382 at 4.3 min. Chiral analysis (Method 31) at 1.41 min.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] 382 at 4.3 min. Chiral analysis (Method 31) at 2.11 min.
  • Cells expressing P2X 3 receptors were grown according to standard practice and maintained at 37° C. in a 5% humidified CO2 atmosphere. The cells were seeded into T175 flask 2 days prior to the day of the assay and dissociated from the flasks using TrypLE when grown to confluence of 80-90%. The dissociated cells were resuspended in serum free media at a cell density of 3 ⁇ 10 6 cells/ml and loaded onto the Sophion Qube automated patch-clamp system.
  • the extracellular assay buffer contained 145 mM NaCl, 4 mM KCl, 2 mM CaCl 2 ), 1 mM MgCl 2 , 10 mM HEPES, and 10 mM glucose at pH 7.4.
  • the intracellular assay solution contained 140 mM CsF, 10 mM NaCl, 10 mM EGTA, 10 mM HEPES at pH 7.2.
  • Agonist stock solutions were prepared in H 2 O and diluted in bath solution prior to use.
  • All antagonists were prepared as 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO and diluted in bath solution prior to use. All experiments were performed under the whole-cell patch clamp configuration at room temperature with 384 individual cells being voltage clamped at ⁇ 60 mV simultaneously on the Sophion Qube instrument. Two baseline responses were established with the application of ⁇ , ⁇ -MeATP (800 nM), with the subsequent agonist applications being washed out using extracellular assay buffer containing 0.5 U/ml apyrase.
  • antagonist was incubated in the absence of ⁇ , ⁇ -MeATP for 10 minutes. After antagonist preincubation, 800 nM ⁇ , ⁇ -MeATP and antagonist were co-administered to determine the inhibitory effect of the antagonist.
  • concentration of an antagonist was assessed against a single cell, with different concentrations of the antagonist applied to other cells on the 384 recording substrate.
  • the control P2X 3 current amplitude was taken from the peak current amplitude from the second agonist response prior to preincubation with antagonist.
  • the peak P2X 3 current amplitude in the presence of antagonist was used to calculate the inhibitory effect at each concentration of the antagonist according to the following equation:
  • P2X 3 (P2X 3 control peak amplitude-P2X 3 antagonist peak amplitude)/P2X 3 control peak amplitude)*100.
  • Concentration-response curves were constructed from ten different concentrations with each concentration of antagonist tested on at least two individual cells.
  • concentration of the antagonist to inhibit P2X 3 current by 50% (IC 50 ) was determined by fitting the data with the following equation:
  • 6-Bromopyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (202 mg, 0.89 mmol) (Intermediate 1), 5-hydroxymethyl-2-methylpyridine (110 mg, 0.89 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (328 mg, 1.25 mmol) were stirred in dry THE (7 mL) and a solution of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (229 L, 1.16 mmol) in dry THE (3 mL) was added dropwise and stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The reaction was filtered and the precipitate was washed with (2:1) DCM/MeOH (20 mL). The filtrates were combined and the solvent was removed in vacuo.
  • Step 2 Synthesis of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-[(6-methyl-3-pyridyl)methoxy]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine
  • Nitrogen gas was bubbled through a mixture of 6-bromo-4-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methoxy)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (84 mg, 0.254 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid, pinacol ester (76 mg, 0.342 mmol) and cesium fluoride (116 mg, 0.761 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and water (0.3 mL). After 5 min, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (29 mg, 0.025 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was heated at 95° C. for 16 hours. The reaction was diluted with water (6 mL) and EtOAc (3 mL).

Abstract

The present invention relates to compounds of formula I inhibiting P2X purinoceptor 3 (hereinafter P2X3 inhibitors); particularly the invention relates to compounds that are pyridopyrimidines derivatives, methods of preparing such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and therapeutic use thereof. The compounds of the invention may be useful in the treatment of many disorders associated with P2X3 receptors mechanisms, such as respiratory diseases including cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF) and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to compounds inhibiting P2X purinoceptor 3 (hereinafter P2X3 inhibitors); particularly the invention relates to compounds that are pyridopyrimidines derivatives, methods of preparing such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and therapeutic use thereof.
  • The compounds of the invention may be useful in the treatment of many disorders associated with P2X3 receptors mechanisms, such as respiratory diseases including cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF) and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • P2X receptors are cell surface ion channels activated by extracellular Adenosine 5-TriPhosphate (ATP). P2X receptor family are trimeric assemblies composed of seven distinct subunit subtypes (P2X1-7) that assemble as homomeric and heteromeric channels. All subunits share a common topology containing intracellular termini, two transmembrane helices forming the ion channels and a large extracellular domain containing the ATP binding site. Homomeric P2X1, P2X2, P2X3, P2X4, P2X5, and P2X7 channels and heteromeric P2X2/3 and P2X1/5 channels have been fully characterized following heterologous expression. P2X receptors are abundantly distributed, and functional responses are seen in neurons, glia, epithelia, endothelia, bone, muscle, and hemopoietic tissues. On smooth muscles, P2X receptors respond to ATP released from sympathetic motor nerves (e.g., in ejaculation). On sensory nerves, they are involved in the initiation of afferent signals in several viscera (e.g., bladder, intestine) and play a key role in sensing tissue-damaging and inflammatory stimuli. Paracrine roles for ATP signaling through P2X receptors are likely in neurohypophysis, ducted glands, airway epithelia, kidney, bone and hemopoietic tissues. (RA. North: Molecular Physiology of P2X Receptors; Physiol Rev, Vol 82, October 2002). All P2X receptors are non-selective cation channels permeable to Na+ and Ca+ ions and are activated by ATP; however, the pharmacology of the receptor subtypes varies with respect to sensitivity to ATP and to small molecules antagonists. (K Kaczmarek-Hajek et al: Molecular and functional properties of P2X receptors—recent progress and persisting challenges; Purinergic Signalling 8:375-417, 2012)
  • In humans, the P2X3 receptor has been reported in heart and spinal cord at the mRNA level and in DRG, intestine (myenteric plexus neurons), urinary bladder (urothelium and suburothelium), and dental pulp at the protein level (Garcia-Guzman M et al: Molecular characterization and pharmacological properties of the human P2X3 purinoceptor: Brain Res Mol Brain Res. 1997; 47(1-2):59-66).
  • The neurophysiological role of P2X3 receptors in sensory nerve function in the airways is similar to that mediating somatic nociception (Undem BJ and Nassenstein C: Airway nerves and dyspnea associated with inflammatory airway disease, Respir Physiol Nerobiol 167: 36-44, 2009). This similarity has driven hypotheses concerning the involvement of P2X3 receptors in the symptoms of airway dysfunction including cough and bronchial hyper-reactivity (Ford AP: In pursuit of P2X3 antagonists: novel therapeutics for chronic pain and and afferent sensitization, Purinergic signal 8 (suppl 1):3-26, 2012; North RA, Jarvis MF P2X Receptors as Drug Targets; Mol Pharmacol, 83:759-769, 2013). P2X3 subunits are also co-localized in many neurons, particularly within DRG, nodose ganglia, nucleus tractus solitarius, and taste buds (Cheung K K, Burnstock G: Localization of P2X3 receptors and coexpression with P2X2 receptors during rat embryonic neurogenesis. J Comp Neurol 443(4):368-382 2002)
  • P2X3 antagonists have been proposed for the treatment of diabetic neuropathic pain (Guo J et al: Contributions of purinergic P2X3 receptors within the midbrain periaqueductal gray to diabetes-induced neuropathic pain, J Physiol Sci Jan; 65(1):99-104 2015).
  • P2X3 and P2X2/3 channels play an important role in the development of articular hyperalgesia of arthritic joints (Teixeira J M et al: P2X3 and P2X2/3 Receptors Play a Crucial Role in Articular Hyperalgesia Development Through Inflammatory Mechanisms in the Knee Joint Experimental Synovitis, Mol Neurobiol October; 54(8):6174-6186, 2017).
  • P2X3 are also a potential target for therapeutic treatment of bladder pain. They were also proposed to be analgesic targets to treat ureteral colicky pain and to facilitate ureteral stone passage (Canda A E et al: Physiology and pharmacology of the human ureter: basis for current and future treatments, Urol Int. 78(4):289-98, 2007).
  • P2X3 over-expression is involved in poor recurrence-free survival in hepatocellular carcinoma patients and identifies the P2X3 as a potential therapeutic target (Maynard J P et al: P2X3 purinergic receptor overexpression is associated with poor recurrence-free survival in hepatocellular carcinoma patients Oncotarget December 1; 6(38):41162-79, 2015).
  • It has been suggested that P2X3 antagonists may improve recovery of erectile function (Li C L et al: Effects of intracavernous injection of P2X3 and NK1 receptor antagonists on erectile dysfunction induced by spinal cord transection in rats, Andrologia February; 47(1):25-9, 2015).
  • ATP enhances citric acid-evoked and histamine-evoked cough in preclinical models, effects that can be attenuated by P2X3 selective antagonists (Kamei J and Takahashi Y: Involvement of ionotropic purinergic receptors in the histamine-induced enhancement of the cough reflex sensitivity in guinea pigs, October 10; 547(1-3):160-4, 2006).
  • In humans, local delivery of ATP initiates cough and bronchospasm (Basoglu O K et al: Effects of aerosolized adenosine 5′-triphosphate vs adenosine 5′-monophosphate on dyspnea and airway caliber in healthy nonsmokers and patients with asthma, Chest. October; 128(4):1905-9, 2005).
  • The therapeutic promise of P2X3 antagonists for the treatment of chronic cough was first recognized by Ford and Undem (Ford AP, Undem BJ: The therapeutic promise of ATP antagonism at P2X3 receptors in respiratory and urological disorders, Front Cell Neurosci, December 19; 7:267, 2013). P2X3 are expressed by airway afferent nerves and mediate hypersensitivity of the cough reflex, which is dramatically reduced by the oral P2X3 antagonist, AF-219 (Abdulgawi et al: P2X3 receptor antagonist (AF-219) in refractory chronic cough: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled phase 2 study, Lancet 385, 1198-205, 2015).
  • ATP is a key neurotransmitter in the taste system, acting largely via P2X2/3 heteromultimer receptors. Consequently, disruption of taste function may be an unintentional consequence of therapeutic trials of pain, chronic cough and other conditions using purinergic P2X3 antagonists (Vandenbeuch A et al: Role of the ectonucleotidase NTPDase2 in taste bud function, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, September 3; 110(36):14789-94, 2013. Bo X et al: Localization of ATP-gated P2X2 and P2X3 receptor immunoreactive nerves in rat taste buds, Neuroreport, 10(5):1107-11, 1999).
  • Various compounds have been described in the literature as P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 Inhibitors.
  • WO2017058645 (Afferent Pharmaceuticals INC) discloses the use of diaminopyrimidine P2X3/P2X2/3 antagonists for the treatment of disorders including cough, chronic cough and urge to cough, including cough associated with a respiratory disease or disorder, administering an efficacious amount of the compound disclosed. However, pyridopyrimidines derivatives are not disclosed.
  • WO2017011729 (Patara Pharma LLC), discloses the use of cromolyn or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and P2X3 and/or a P2X2/3 receptor antagonist as antitussive agent, for the treatment of lung diseases and conditions.
  • WO2016091776, (Evotec AG), discloses 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamide compounds that inhibit P2X3 receptor and to pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, and the use of compounds for the treatment os several disorders, including the respiratory diseases.
  • WO2016088838 (Shionogi), discloses purine derivatives compounds having a novel P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 receptor antagonizing effect.
  • WO2016084922, (Shionogi), discloses triazine derivatives compounds having a novel P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 receptor antagonizing effect WO2008123963 (Renovis) relates to fused heterocyclic compounds of the class tetrahydropyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidines and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds. Also provided are methods for preventing and/or treating several disorders, such as neurodegenerative disorders, pain, asthma, autoimmune disorders administering the disclosed comoounds.
  • WO2008130481 (Renovis) discloses 2-cyanophenyl fused heterocyclic compounds of the class tetrahydropyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidines and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds.
  • WO2010033168 (Renovis) discloses a series of benzamides substituted with phenyl or pyridyl which are stated to be useful for treatment of diseases associated with P2X purinergic receptors, and more particularly to P2X3 receptor and/or P2X2/3 receptor antagonists. However, pyridopyrimidines derivatives are not disclosed.
  • WO2009110985 (Renovis) relates to phenyl- and pyridyl-substituted benzamide compounds and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, but not thiazole-substituted benzamides, rendering said compounds different from the compounds of the present invention.
  • WO2008000645 (Roche) discloses tetrazole substituted arylamides compounds antagonists of P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 receptors, useful for the treatment of genitourinary, pain, gastrointestinal and respiratory diseases, conditions and disorders.
  • There remains a potential for developing novel and pharmacologically improved P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 inhibitors in many therapeutic areas such as in particular the respiratory diseases.
  • Despite the above cited prior art, there is still the need of novel pyridopyrimidines compounds for treatment of diseases associated with P2X3 receptors in many therapeutic areas such as in particular the respiratory diseases, preferably having a selective action on the P2X3 receptor.
  • Of note, the state of the art does not describe or suggest pyridopyrimidines derivatives compounds of general formula (I) of the present invention which represent a solution to the aforementioned need.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention refers to compounds of formula (I)
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00001
  • wherein X1, X2 and X3 are independently CH or N,
  • Z is H or selected from the group consisting of (C1-C4)alkyl-, heteroaryl, aryl, wherein any of such heteroaryl and aryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo, CN, (RARB)NC(O)—;
  • R1 is H;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, (C3-C8)heterocycloalkyl-(C1-C6)alkyl-, wherein any of such alkyl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo, RAO(C1-C4)alkylene-, (C1-C6) haloalkyl, RAO—;
  • RA and RB are at each occurrence independently H or (C1-C4)alkyl-, or
  • RA and RB may form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached a 6-membered saturated heterocyclic monocyclic ring system optionally containing a further heteroatom which is nitrogen, which may be optionally substituted by RC(O)C—; RC is (C1-C6)alkyl;
  • J is H or (RARB)N—.
  • In a second aspect, the invention refers to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, either alone or in combination with another one or more active ingredient, in admixture with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • In a third aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) for the use as a medicament.
  • In a further aspect, the invention provides the use of a compound of formula (I) for use in treatment of any disease wherein the P2X3 receptors are involved.
  • In a further aspect, the invention refers to a compound of formula (I) for use in the prevention and/or treatment of respiratory diseases including cough, sub-acute or chronic cough, treatment-resistant cough, idiopathic chronic cough, post-viral cough, iatrogenic cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and cough associated with respiratory diseases such as COPD, asthma and bronchospasm.
  • In a further aspect, the invention refers to a compound of formula IIIa
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00002
  • wherein X is N or CH,
  • R7 is OH and/or Cl;
  • R8 is halo.
  • In a further aspect, the invention refers to the use of compound of formula (IIIa) as intermediate in the preparation of compounds of formula (I).
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention relates to a compound of formula (I)
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00003
  • wherein X1, X2 and X3 are independently CH or N,
  • Z is H or selected from the group consisting of (C1-C4)alkyl-, heteroaryl, aryl, wherein any of such heteroaryl and aryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo, CN, (RARB)NC(O)—;
  • R1 is H;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, (C3-C8)heterocycloalkyl-(C1-C6)alkyl-, wherein any of such alkyl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo, RAO(C1-C4)alkylene-, (C1-C6) haloalkyl, RAO—;
  • RA and RB are at each occurrence independently H or (C1-C4)alkyl-, or
  • RA and RB may form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached a 6-membered saturated heterocyclic monocyclic ring system optionally containing a further heteroatom which is nitrogen, which may be optionally substituted by RC(O)C—;
  • RC is (C1-C6)alkyl;
  • J is H or selected from the group consisting of (RARB)N—.
    • Definitions
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts”, as used herein, refers to derivatives of compounds of formula (I) wherein the parent compound is suitably modified by converting any of the free acid or basic group, if present, into the corresponding addition salt with any base or acid conventionally intended as being pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • Suitable examples of said salts may thus include mineral or organic acid addition salts of basic residues such as amino groups, as well as mineral or organic basic addition salts of acid residues such as carboxylic groups.
  • Cations of inorganic bases which can be suitably used to prepare salts comprise ions of alkali or alkaline earth metals such as potassium, sodium, calcium or magnesium.
  • Those obtained by reacting the main compound, functioning as a base, with an inorganic or organic acid to form a salt comprise, for example, salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methane sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid and citric acid.
  • The term “halogen” or “halogen atoms” as used herein includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine atom, preferably chlorine or fluorine.
  • The term “(Cx-Cy) alkyl” wherein x and y are integers, refers to a straight or branched chain alkyl radical having from x to y carbon atoms. Thus, when x is 1 and y is 6, for example, the term includes methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl and n-hexyl.
  • As used herein, the term “(Cx-Cy)alkylene” wherein x and y are integers, refers to a Cx-Cyalkyl radical having in total two unsatisfied valencies, such as a divalent methylene radical.
  • The expressions “(Cx-Cy) haloalkyl” wherein x and y are integers, refer to the above defined “Cx-Cyalkyl” groups wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by one or more halogen atoms, which can be the same or different.
  • Examples of said “(Cx-Cy) haloalkyl” groups may thus include halogenated, poly-halogenated and fully halogenated alkyl groups wherein all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms, e.g. trifluoromethyl or difluoro methyl, trifluoroethyl groups.
  • By way of analogy, the terms “(C1-C6) hydroxyalkyl” or “(C1-C6) aminoalkyl” refer to the above defined “(C1-C6) alkyl” groups wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by one or more hydroxy (OH) or amino group respectively. Examples include respectively hydroxymethyl, aminomethyl, dimethylaminopropyl and the like.
  • In the present description, unless otherwise provided, the aminoalkyl encompasses alkyl groups (i.e. “(C1-C6) alkyl” groups) substituted by one or more amino group (—NRARB). Thus, an example of aminoalkyl is a mono-aminoalkyl group such as RARBN—(C1-C6) alkyl.
  • With reference to the substituent RA and RB as defined above and below, when RA and RB are taken together with the nitrogen atom they are linked to form 5 to 6 membered heterocyclic radical, at least one further ring carbon atom in the said heterocyclic radical is optionally replaced by at least one heteroatom (e.g. N, S or O) and/or may bear-oxo (═O) substituent groups. It is understood that the said heterocyclic radical might be further optionally substituted on any available position in the ring, namely on a carbon atom, or on any heteroatom available for substitution. Substitution on a carbon atom includes spiro disubstitution as well as substitution on two adjacent carbon atoms, in both cases thus form an additional 5 to 6 membered heterocyclic ring. Examples of said heterocycle radicals are 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 4-methylpiperazinyl, piperazin-4yl-2-one, 4-morpholinyl, morpholinyl-3-one, 1-(piperazin-1-yl)ethenone.
  • The term “(Cx-Cy) cycloalkyl” wherein x and y are integers, refers to saturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing the indicated number of ring carbon atoms. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl.
  • The term “aryl” refers to mono cyclic carbon ring systems which have 6 ring atoms wherein the ring is aromatic. Examples of suitable aryl monocyclic ring systems include, for instance, phenyl.
  • The term “heteroaryl” refers to a mono- or bi-cyclic aromatic radical containing one or more heteroatoms selected from S, N and O, and includes radicals having two such monocyclic rings, or one such monocyclic ring and one monocyclic aryl ring, which are fused through a common bond. Examples of suitable 5,6-membered heteroaryl are: are thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl and triazinyl.
  • The term “heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic” relate to a saturated mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic non-aromatic radical containing one or more heteroatoms selected from S, N and O. In the case of bicyclic heterocyclic systems, included within the scope of the term are fused, spiro and bridged bicyclic systems.
  • The term “(Cx-Cy) heterocycloalkyl” wherein x and y are integers, refers to saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic (Cx-Cy) cycloalkyl groups in which at least one ring carbon atom is replaced by at least one heteroatom (e.g. N, S or O) or may bear an -oxo (═O) substituent group. Said heterocycloalkyl (i.e. heterocyclic radical or group) may be further optionally substituted on the available positions in the ring, namely on a carbon atom, or on an heteroatom available for substitution. Substitution on a carbon atom includes spiro disubstitution as well as substitution on two adjacent carbon atoms, in both cases thus form additional condensed 5 to 6 membered heterocyclic ring. Examples of (Cx-Cy) heterocycloalkyl are represented by: pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, dihydro- or tetrahydro-pyridinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyranyl, 2H- or 4H-pyranyl, dihydro- or tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydroisoxazolyl, pyrrolidin-2-one-yl, dihydropyrrolyl radicals and the like.
  • Specific examples of said heterocycle radicals are tetrahydrothiophene 1,1-dioxide, 3,3-difluoropyrrolidinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 4-morpholinyl.
  • The expressions “Aryloxyl” and “Aryl (C1-C6) alkoxyl” likewise “heteroAryloxyl” and “Heteroaryl (C1-C6) alkoxyl” refer to Aryl or Heteroaryl groups attached through an oxygen bridge and chained Aryl-alkoxyl or HeteroAryl-alkoxyl groups. Examples of such groups are phenyloxy, benzyloxy and pyridinyloxy respectively.
  • The term “aryl (C1-C6) alkyl” refers to an aryl ring linked to a straight-chained or branched alkyl groups wherein the number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 6, e.g. phenylmethyl (i.e. benzyl), phenylethyl or phenylpropyl.
  • The term (Cz-Ck)heterocycloalkyl-(Cx-Cy)alkyl wherein z and k are integers, refers to an heterocyclic ring linked to a straight-chained or branched alkyl groups having from x to y carbon atoms.
  • Likewise, the term “heteroaryl (Cx-Cy)alkyl” or “aryl (Cx-Cy)alkyl” refers to an heteroaryl or aryl ring linked to a straight-chained or branched alkyl groups having from x to y carbon atoms.
  • The expression “ring system” refers to mono- or bicyclic or polycyclic ring systems which may be saturated, partially unsaturated or unsaturated, such as aryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl.
  • The terms “group”, “radical” or “fragment” or “substituent” are synonymous and are intended to indicate functional groups or fragments of molecules attachable to a bond or other fragments or molecules. Thus, as an example, a “heterocyclic radical” herein refers to a mono- or bi-cyclic saturated or partially saturated heterocyclic moiety (group, radical), preferably a 4 to 11 membered monocyclic radical, at least one further ring carbon atom in the said heterocyclic radical is optionally replaced by at least one further heteroatom independently selected from N, S or O and/or may bear an -oxo (═O) substituent group, said heterocyclic radical is further optionally including spiro disubstitution as well as substitution on two adjacent or vicinal atoms forming an additional 5 to 6 membered cyclic or heterocyclic, saturated, partially saturated or aromatic ring. Examples of said heterocycle radicals are 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 4-morpholinyl and the like.
  • A dash (“-”) that is not between two letters or symbols is meant to represent the point of attachment for a substituent. When graphically represented the point of attachment in a cyclic functional group is indicated with a dot (“·”) localized in one of the available ring atoms where the functional group is attachable to a bond or other fragment of molecules.
  • An oxo moiety is represented by (O) as an alternative to the other common representation, e.g. (═O). Thus, in terms of general formula, the carbonyl group is herein represented as —C(O)—. In general, the bracketed group is a lateral group, not included into the chain, and brackets are used, when deemed useful, to help disambiguating linear chemical formulas; e.g. the sulfonyl group —SO2— might be also represented as —S(O)2— to disambiguate e.g. with respect to the sulfinic group —S(O)O—.
  • Whenever basic amino or quaternary ammonium groups are present in the compounds of formula I, physiologically acceptable anions may be present, selected among chloride, bromide, iodide, trifluoroacetate, formate, sulfate, phosphate, methanesulfonate, nitrate, maleate, acetate, citrate, fumarate, tartrate, oxalate, succinate, benzoate, p-toluenesulfonate, pamoate and naphthalene disulfonate. Likewise, in the presence of acidic groups such as COOH groups, corresponding physiological cation salts may be present as well, for instance including alkaline or alkaline earth metal ions.
  • It will be apparent that compounds of formula (I) when contain one or more stereogenic center, may exist as optical stereoisomers.
  • Where the compounds according to the invention have at least one stereogenic center, they may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where the compounds according to the invention possess two or more stereogenic centers, they may additionally exist as diastereoisomers. All such single enantiomers, diastereoisomers and mixtures thereof in any proportion are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. The absolute configuration (R) or (S) for carbon bearing a stereogenic center is assigned on the basis of Cahn-Ingold-Prelog nomenclature rules based on groups' priorities.
  • The invention further concerns the corresponding deuterated derivatives of compounds of formula (I).
  • All preferred groups or embodiments described above and herebelow for compounds of formula I may be combined among each other and apply as well mutatis mutandis.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) as defined above, wherein
  • X1, X2 and X3 are independently CH or N,
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of
  • heteroaryl, preferably pyridinyl, thiazolyl and thienyl, and
  • aryl, preferably phenyl,
  • wherein any of such heteroaryl and aryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl and halo, preferably from methyl, fluorine and chlorine;
  • R1 is H;
  • R2 is a heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, preferably (pyridazyl)methyl, (pyridazyl)ethyl (pyridinyl)methyl, (pyrimidinyl)ethyl, (oxadiazolyl)ethyl, wherein any of such heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo and (C1-C6)haloalkyl, preferably from methyl, fluorine and trifluoromethyl; and
  • J is H.
  • According to preferred embodiments, the invention refers to at least one of the compounds listed in the table 1 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • TABLE 1
    List of preferred compounds having Formula (I)
    Ex. No. Structure Chemical name
    Example 3
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00004
         		(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N- (1-(6-methylpyridazin-3- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 7
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00005
         		N-((6-Methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(5- methylpyridin-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-amine
    Example 9
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00006
         		(R)-6-(5-Methylpyridin-2- yl)-N-(1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 11
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00007
         		(R)-6-(5-Chloropyridin-2- yl)-N-(1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 13
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00008
         		(R)-6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N- (1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 14
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00009
         		N-((6-methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(p- tolyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 15
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00010
         		N-((6-methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(5- methylthiophen-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 19
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00011
         		N-((3,5-difluoropyridin-2- yl)methyl)-6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 27
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00012
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N- [(1R)-1-[2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[3,4- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 32
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00013
         		N-((6-methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(5- methylpyridin-2- yl)pyrido[3,2-d]-pyrimidin- 4-amine
    Example 34
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00014
         		N-[(6-methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl]-6-(5- methylthiazol-2- yl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 42
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00015
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6- methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)pteridin-4-amine
    Example 45
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00016
         		Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 46
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00017
         		Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 49
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00018
         		6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N- [[3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 50
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00019
         		6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N- [[2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 51
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00020
         		N-[(3-methyl-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl]-6- (5-methylthiazol-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 52
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00021
         		N-[(6-methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl]-6-(5- methylthiazol-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 63
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00022
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(2-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 65
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00023
         		6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)-N- ((3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 66
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00024
         		(6-(5-Fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N- [(1R)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 67
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00025
         		(R)-6-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)- N-(1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 68
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00026
         		N-[(1R)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]-6-(5- methylpyrimidin-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 69
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00027
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(1R)- 1-[6- (trifluoromethyl)pyridazin- 3-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 70
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00028
         		6-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-N- ((3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 71
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00029
         		N-[(5-methyl-1,2,4- oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl]-6- (5-methylthiazol-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 72
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00030
         		N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4- oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl]-6- (5-methylthiazol-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 73
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00031
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(5- methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 75
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00032
         		6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N- [(2-methylthiazol-4- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 76
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00033
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[1-[3- (trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 77
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00034
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(3- methylisoxazol-5- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 78
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00035
         		N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4- thiadiazol-2-yl)methyl]-6- (5-methylthiazol-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 79
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00036
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(2- methylthiazol-4- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 80
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00037
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(5- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 82
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00038
         		N-[(3-methylisoxazol-5- yl)methyl]-6-(5- methylthiazol-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 83
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00039
         		Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(5- fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[1-(5- methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    (Example 84,
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00040
         		Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(5- fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[1-(5- methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 87
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00041
         		Single enantiomer 1 of N-(1- (5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol- 2-yl)ethyl)-6-(5- methylpyridin-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 88
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00042
         		Single enantiomer 2 of N-(1- (5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol- 2-yl)ethyl)-6-(5- methylpyridin-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 91
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00043
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[(5- methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 92
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00044
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 93
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00045
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[[3- (trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 94
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00046
         		6-(5-chloro-2-pyridyl)-N- [(1S)-1-[2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 95
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00047
         		6-phenyl-N-[(1R)-1-[2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 102
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00048
         		Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-[1-[3- (trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 103
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00049
         		Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5- methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 104
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00050
         		Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5- methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 105
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00051
         		Single enantiomer 1 of N- [1-(3,5-difluoro-2- pyridyl)ethyl]-6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 106
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00052
         		Single enantiomer 2 of N- [1-(3,5-difluoro-2- pyridyl)ethyl]-6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 63a
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00053
         		N-[1-(3,5-difluoro-2- pyridyl)ethyl]-6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 107
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00054
         		6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N- [(1R)-1-[2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • In a preferred embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) as defined above, wherein X1 is N, X2 and X3 are CH, represented by the formula (Ia)
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00055
  • Z is H or selected from the group consisting of (C1-C4)alkyl-, heteroaryl, aryl, wherein any of such heteroaryl and aryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo, CN, (RARB)NC(O)—;
  • R1 is H;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, (C3-C8)heterocycloalkyl-(C1-C6)alkyl, wherein any of such alkyl, heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo, RAO(C1-C4)alkylene-, (C1-C6) haloalkyl, RAO—;
  • RA and RB are at each occurrence independently H or (C1-C4)alkyl-, or
  • RA and RB may form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached a 6 membered saturated heterocyclic monocyclic ring system optionally containing a further heteroatom which is nitrogen, which may be optionally substituted by RC(O)C—;
  • RC is (C1-C6)alkyl;
  • J is H or (RARB)N—.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the invention refers to compound of formula (Ia) wherein
  • Z is H or selected from the group consisting of
      • (C1-C4)alkyl-, preferably methyl,
      • (RARB)N—, wherein RA is H and RB is phenyl, said phenyl optionally further substituted by one or more fluorine;
      • heteroaryl, which is pyridinyl, thiazolyl, thiophenyl, each of said heteroaryl is further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl or chlorine;
      • aryl preferably phenyl, each of said aryl is further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl, fluorine, CN and (RARB)NC(O)— where RA and RB are H;
  • R1 is H;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of
      • heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, preferably (pyridazyl)methyl, (pyridazyl)ethyl (pyridinyl)methyl, (pyridinyl)ethyl, (pyrimidyl)ethyl, (oxadiazolyl)ethyl,
      • heteroaryl (C1-C6) alkoxyl, preferably pyridinyloxy,
      • heteroaryl-(C1-C6)hydroxyalkyl, preferably (pyridinyl)ethanol, (C3-C8)heterocycloalkyl-(C1-C6)alkyl, preferably (morpholinyl)ethyl,
  • each of said heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl, fluorine, trifluoromethyl, RAO— wherein RA is methyl;
  • J is H or (RARB)N— wherein RA and RB form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached a 6 membered saturated heterocyclic monocyclic ring system optionally containing a further heteroatom which is nitrogen, said heterocyclic radical is in its turn optionally further substituted by RC(O)C— wherein RC is methyl.
  • According to preferred embodiments, the invention refers to at least one of the compounds listed in the table 2 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • TABLE 2
    List of preferred compounds having Formula (Ia)
    Ex. No. Structure Chemical name
    Example 1
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00056
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 2
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00057
         		(R)-5-(1-((6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)- 2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine 1-oxide
    Example 3
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00058
         		(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(6- methylpyridazin-3- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 4
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00059
         		(S)-2-((6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)-2-(6- methoxypyridin-3-yl)ethan-1-ol
    Example 5
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00060
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(2- morpholinoethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine formate
    Example 6
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00061
         		N-(1-(3-Methyl-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)-6-(5- methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3- d]-pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 7
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00062
         		N-((6-Methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin- 2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 8
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00063
         		6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)-N-((6- methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 9
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00064
         		(R)-6-(5-Methylpyridin-2-yl)- N-(1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 10
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00065
         		6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)-N-((6- methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 11
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00066
         		(R)-6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)- N-(1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 12
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00067
         		6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)-N-(1- (3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 13
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00068
         		(R)-6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-(1- (2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 14
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00069
         		N-((6-methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(p- tolyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 15
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00070
         		N-((6-methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(5- methylthiophen-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 16
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00071
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-((6- methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 17
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00072
         		2-(4-(((6-methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)benzonitrile
    Example 18
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00073
         		2-(4-(((6-methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)benzamide
    Example 19
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00074
         		N-((3,5-difluoropyridin-2- yl)methyl)-6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 20
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00075
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-((6- methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 21
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00076
         		1-(4-(6-(4-fluorophenyl)-4- (((6-methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1- yl)ethan-l-one
    Example 22
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00077
         		1-(4-(4-(((6-methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1- yl)ethan-l-one
    Example 23
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00078
         		1-(4-(4-(((6-Methylpyridazin- 3-yl)methyl)amino)-6-(5- methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1- yl)ethan-l-one
    Example 24
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00079
         		1-(4-(4-(((6-Methylpyridazin- 3-yl)methyl)amino)-6-(5- methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1- yl)ethan-1-one
    Example 25
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00080
         		1-(4-(6-Methyl-4-(((6- methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1- yl)ethan-1-one
    Example 49
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00081
         		6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[[3- (trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 50
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00082
         		6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[[2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 51
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00083
         		N-[(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol- 5-yl)methyl]-6-(5- methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 52
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00084
         		N-[(6-methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol- 2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 54
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00085
         		2-((6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)-2-(5- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3- yl)ethan-1-ol
    Example 55
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00086
         		(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5- methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 56
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00087
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5- methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 58
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00088
         		(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1- (5-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 59
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00089
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(2-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)propan-2-yl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 60
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00090
         		N-(1-(3,5-difluoropyridin-2- yl)ethyl)-6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 63
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00091
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(2-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 65
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00092
         		6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)-N-((3- (trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 66
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00093
         		(6-(5-Fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N- [(1R)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 67
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00094
         		(R)-6-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-N- (1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 68
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00095
         		N-[(1R)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]-6-(5- methylpyrimidin-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 69
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00096
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(1R)-1- [6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridazin- 3-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 70
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00097
         		6-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-N-((3- (trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 71
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00098
         		N-[(5-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol- 3-yl)methyl]-6-(5- methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 72
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00099
         		N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol- 2-yl)methyl]-6-(5- methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 73
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00100
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(5- methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 75
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00101
         		6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[(2- methylthiazol-4- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 76
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00102
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-1-[3- (trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 77
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00103
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(3- methylisoxazol-5- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 78
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00104
         		N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol- 2-yl)methyl]-6-(5- methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 79
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00105
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(2- methylthiazol-4- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 80
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00106
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(5- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 82
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00107
         		N-[(3-methylisoxazol-5- yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol- 2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 83
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00108
         		Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(5- fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[1-(5- methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 84
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00109
         		Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(5- fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[1-(5- methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 87
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00110
         		Single enantiomer 1 of N-(1-(5- methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 88
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00111
         		Single enantiomer 2 of N-(1-(5- methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 91
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00112
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[(5- methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 92
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00113
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 93
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00114
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[[3- (trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 94
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00115
         		6-(5-chloro-2-pyridyl)-N-[(1S)- 1-[2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 95
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00116
         		6-phenyl-N-[(1R)-1-[2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 102
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00117
         		Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-[1-[3- (trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5- yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 103
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00118
         		Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5-methyl- 1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 104
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00119
         		Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5-methyl- 1,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 105
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00120
         		Single enantiomer 1 of N-[1- (3,5-difluoro-2-pyridyl)ethyl]- 6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 106
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00121
         		Single enantiomer 2 of N-[1- (3,5-difluoro-2-pyridyl)ethyl]- 6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 63a
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00122
         		N-[1-(3,5-difluoro-2- pyridyl)ethyl]-6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 107
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00123
         		6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N- [(1R)-1-[2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • In a still preferred embodiment, the invention refers to compound of formula (Ia) wherein
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, aryl, wherein any of such heteroaryl and aryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo;
  • R1 is H;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl, wherein any of such alkyl, heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo, (C1-C6) haloalkyl, -oxo;
  • J is H.
  • According to preferred embodiments, the invention refers to at least one of the compounds listed in the table 3 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • TABLE 3
    List of preferred compounds having Formula (Ia)
    Ex. No. Structure Chemical name
    Example 1
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00124
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-amine
    Example 2
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00125
         		(R)-5-(1-((6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)-2- (trifluoromethyl)pyridine 1-oxide
    Example 6
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00126
         		N-(1-(3-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol- 5-yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylthiazol-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 7
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00127
         		N-((6-Methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 9
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00128
         		(R)-6-(5-Methylpyridin-2-yl)-N- (1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 10
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00129
         		6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)-N-((6- methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 11
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00130
         		(R)-6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)-N- (1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 13
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00131
         		(R)-6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-amine
    Example 14
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00132
         		N-((6-methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(p-tolyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 15
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00133
         		N-((6-methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylthiophen- 2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 16
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00134
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-((6- methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 19
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00135
         		N-((3,5-difluoropyridin-2- yl)methyl)-6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 20
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00136
         		6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-((6- methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 43
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00137
         		Single enantiomer 1 of N-(1-(3- Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 44
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00138
         		Single enantiomer 2 of N-(1-(3- Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 45
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00139
         		Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3-methyl- 1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-amine
    Example 46
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00140
         		Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3-methyl- 1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-amine
    Example 47
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00141
         		Single enantiomer 1 of N-(1-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylthiazol-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 48
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00142
         		Single enantiomer 2 of N-(1-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylthiazol-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the invention refers to compound of formula (Ia) wherein
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridinyl and thienyl, wherein any of such phenyl, pyridinyl and thienyl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl and fluorine;
  • R1 is H;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C1-C2)alkyl, wherein any of such heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl, fluorine and trifluoromethyl;
  • J is H.
  • According to preferred embodiments, the invention refers to at least one of the compounds listed in the table 4 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • TABLE 4
    List of further preferred compounds having Formula (Ia)
    Ex. No. Structure Chemical name
    Example 3
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00143
         		(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(6- methylpyridazin-3- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 7
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00144
         		N-((6-Methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin- 2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 9
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00145
         		(R)-6-(5-Methylpyridin-2-yl)- N-(1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 11
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00146
         		(R)-6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)- N-(1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 13
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00147
         		(R)-6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-(1- (2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 14
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00148
         		N-((6-methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(p- tolyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 15
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00149
         		N-((6-methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(5- methylthiophen-2- yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 19
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00150
         		N-((3,5-difluoropyridin- 2-yl)methyl)-6-(4- fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 45
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00151
         		Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3-methyl- 1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 46
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00152
         		Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(4- fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3-methyl- 1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • In a still preferred embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) as defined above, wherein X1 is CH, represented by the formula Ib
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00153
  • wherein X2 and X3 are independently CH or N,
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and aryl wherein any of such aryl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo;
  • R1 is H;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, wherein any of such alkyl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, (C1-C6) haloalkyl;
  • J is H.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the invention refers to compound of formula Ib wherein X2 and X3 are independently CH or N,
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of
      • heteroaryl, which is pyridinyl, thiazolyl, each of said heteroaryl is further optionally substituted by one or more methyl,
      • aryl which is phenyl, each of said aryl is further optionally substituted by one or more fluorine;
  • R1 is H;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of
      • heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, which is (pyrimidyl)ethyl, (pyridazyl)methyl, (oxadiazolyl)ethyl,
  • each of said heteroarylalkyl is further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl and trifluoromethyl;
  • J is H.
  • According to preferred embodiments, the invention refers to at least one compounds listed in the table 5 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • TABLE 5
    List of preferred compounds having Formula (Ib)
    Ex. No. Structure Chemical Name
    Example 26
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00154
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6- methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)pyrido[3,4- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 27
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00155
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[(1R)-1- [2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidn- 5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[3,4- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 28
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00156
         		N-[(6-Methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol- 2-yl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 29
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00157
         		N-[(6-methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl]-6-(5-methyl-2- pyridyl)pyrido[3,4- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 30
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00158
         		6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N- [(1R)-1-[2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl]ethyl]pyrido[3,4- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 31
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00159
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6- methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)pyrido[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 32
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00160
         		N-((6-methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin- 2-yl)pyrido[3,2-d]-pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 33
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00161
         		N-(1-(3-methyl-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)-6-(5- methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 34
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00162
         		N-[(6-methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol- 2-yl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 35
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00163
         		(R)-6-(5-Methylpyridin-2-yl)- N-(1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl)pyrido[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 36
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00164
         		(R)-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N- (1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl)-pyrido[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 37
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00165
         		(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl)ethyl)pyrido[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 38
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00166
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl)pyrido[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the invention refers to compound of formula Ib wherein X2 and X3 are independently CH or N,
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of pyridinyl, thiazolyl and phenyl,
  • wherein each of said pyridinyl, thiazolyl and phenyl are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl and fluorine;
  • R1 is H;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of (pyrimidyl)ethyl and (pyridazyl)methyl,
  • wherein each of said (pyrimidyl)ethyl and (pyridazyl)methyl are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl and trifluoromethyl;
  • J is H.
  • According to preferred embodiments, the invention refers to at least one compounds listed in the table 6 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • TABLE 6
    List of preferred compounds having Formula (Ib)
    Ex. No. Structure Chemical name
    Example 27
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00167
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[(1R)-1- [2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin- 5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[3,4- d]pyrimidin-4-amine
    Example 32
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00168
         		N-((6-methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin- 2-yl)pyrido[3,2-d]-pyrimidin-4- amine
    Example 34
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00169
         		N-[(6-methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol- 2-yl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- amine
  • In a still preferred embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) as defined above, wherein X1 and X3 are N and X2 is CH, represented by the formula Ic
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00170
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein any of such aryl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo and (C1-C3)alkyl;
  • R1 is H;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, wherein any of such heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, (C1-C6) haloalkyl;
  • J is H.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the invention refers to compound of formula Ic wherein
  • Z is aryl, preferably phenyl, each of said aryl is further optionally substituted by one or more fluorine;
  • R1 is H;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of
      • heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, which is (pyridinyl)methyl, (pyridazyl)methyl, (oxadiazolyl)ethyl, (pyrimidinyl)ethyl,
  • each of said heteroarylalkyl is further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from methyl and trifluoromethyl;
  • J is H;
  • According to preferred embodiments, the invention refers to at least one compounds listed in the Table 7 below and pharmaceutical acceptable salts thereof.
  • TABLE 7
    List of preferred compounds having Formula (Ic)
    Ex. No. Structure Chemica Name
    Example 39
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00171
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6- methylpyridazin-3- yl)methyl)pteridin-4-amine
    Example 40
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00172
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(3- methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)ethyl)pteridin-4-amine
    Example 41
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00173
         		(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- ylethyl)pteridin-4-amine
    Example 42
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00174
         		6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6- methylpyridin-3- yl)methyl)pteridin-4-amine
  • The compounds of formula (I) including all the compounds here above listed can be generally prepared according to the procedure outlined in Schemes shown below using generally known methods.
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00175
  • In one embodiment of the present invention, compound (Ia) may be prepared according to SCHEME 1 from intermediates (II).
  • Intermediates (III) may be prepared from intermediate (IIa) by deoxyamination reaction mediated by reagents like PyBOP or similar in the presence of a suitable amine (Reag. 1) or alternatively from intermediate (IIb) by reaction with a suitable amine (Reag. 1).
  • Compound (Ia) may be prepared from Intermediate (III) by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, intermediate (IV) may be prepared from intermediates (IIa) by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • Compound (Ia) may be prepared from Intermediate (IV) by deoxyamination reaction mediated by reagents like PyBOP or similar in the presence of a suitable amine (Reag. 1).
  • Intermediates (IVa) may be prepared from intermediate (IV) using a suitable chlorinating agent like, for example, phosphorus(V) oxychloride or thionyl chloride.
  • Compounds (Ia) may be prepared from intermediate (IVa) by an amination reaction with a suitable amine (Reag. 1) in the presence of a base like, for example, DIPEA.
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00176
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, compound (Ia) may be prepared according to SCHEME 2 from intermediate (V).
  • Intermediate (VI) may be prepared from Intermediate (V) by an amination reaction with a suitable amine (Reag. 1) in the presence of a base like, for example, DIPEA.
  • Intermediate (VII) may be prepared from Intermediate (VI) by an amination reaction with a suitable amine (Reag. 4) in the presence of a base like, for example, DIPEA.
  • Compound (Ia) may be prepared from Intermediate (VII) by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00177
  • In an embodiment of the present invention, compound (Ib) may be prepared according to SCHEME 3 from intermediate (VIII).
  • Intermediate (IX) may be prepared from Intermediate (VIII) by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • Compounds (Ib) may be prepared from intermediate (IX) by deoxyamination reaction mediated by reagents like PyBOP or similar in the presence of a suitable amine (Reag. 1).
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, intermediate (X) may be prepared from intermediates (VIII) by deoxyamination reaction mediated by reagents like PyBOP or similar in the presence of a suitable amine (Reag. 1).
  • Compound (Ib) may be prepared from Intermediate (X) by by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00178
  • In an embodiment of the present invention, compound (Ib) may be prepared according to SCHEME 4 from intermediate (XI).
  • Intermediates (XII) may be prepared from intermediate (XI) by deoxyamination reaction mediated by reagents like PyBOP or similar in the presence of a suitable amine (Reag. 1).
  • Compound (Ib) may be prepared from Intermediate (XII) by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00179
  • In an embodiment of the present invention, compound (Ic) may be prepared according to SCHEME 5 from intermediate (XIII).
  • Intermediate (XIV) may be prepared from Intermediate (XIII) by means of a ring construction reaction mediated by suitable reagents like, for example, triethylorthoformate.
  • Intermediate (XV) may be prepared from Intermediate (XIV) by a metal-catalyzed cross coupling reactions like Stille or Suzuki or similars with a suitable reagent (Reag. 2) like, for example, organoboron reagents.
  • Intermediates (XVI) may be prepared from intermediate (XV) by deoxyhalogenation reaction mediated by reagents like thionyl chloride or similar.
  • Compounds (Ic) may be prepared from intermediate (XVI) by amination reaction with a suitable amine R1 in the presence of a base like, for example, DIPEA.
  • In a specific aspect the present invention relates to compounds of formula (IIIa)
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00180
  • wherein X is N or CH,
  • R7 is OH and/or C1;
  • R8 is halo.
  • In a further aspect the present invention relates to the use of compounds of formula (IIIa) as intermediate in the preparation of compounds of formula (I) as above described.
  • The compounds of the present invention have surprisingly been found to effectively inhibit P2X3 receptor and said compounds are useful for the treatment of respiratory disease.
  • In one embodiment, representative compounds of formula (I) of the present invention have surprisingly been found to effectively and selectively inhibit P2X3 receptor and said compounds are useful for the treatment of respiratory disease avoiding adverse effect, such as loss of taste response.
  • The compound of formula (I) are selective P2X3 antagonist wherein the selective P2X3 antagonist is at least 10-fold selective for P2X3 homomeric receptor antagonism versus P2X2/3 heteromeric receptor antagonism.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the selective P2X3 antagonist is at least 30-fold selective for P2X3 homomeric receptor antagonism versus P2X2/3 heteromeric receptor antagonism.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the selective P2X3 antagonist is at least 50-fold selective for P2X3 homomeric receptor antagonism versus P2X2/3 heteromeric receptor antagonism.
  • The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in admixture with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, either alone or in combination with one or more further active ingredient.
  • In one aspect, the invention refers to a compound of formula (I) according to the invention for use as a medicament.
  • In a further aspect, the invention refers to the use of a compound of formula (I) of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of disorders associated with P2X3 receptors mechanism, preferably for the treatment of respiratory diseases.
  • Preferably, the invention refers to a compound of formula (I) for use in the prevention and/or treatment of respiratory diseases, preferably cough, sub-acute or chronic cough, treatment-resistant cough, idiopathic chronic cough, post-viral cough, iatrogenic cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and cough associated with respiratory diseases such as COPD, asthma and bronchospasm.
  • More preferably, the invention refers to a compounds of formula (I) for use in the prevention and/or treatment of chronic cough and cough associated with respiratory diseases such as COPD, asthma and bronchospasm.
  • The invention also refers to a method for the prevention and/or treatment of disorders associated with P2X3 receptors mechanisms, said method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • In another embodiment, the disorder that can be treated by the compounds of the present invention is selected from the group consisting of cough, sub-acute or chronic cough, treatment-resistant cough, idiopathic chronic cough, post-viral cough, iatrogenic cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and cough associated with respiratory diseases such as COPD, asthma and bronchospasm.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the disorder is selected from cough and chronic cough.
  • The methods of treatment of the invention comprise administering a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a patient in need thereof. As used herein, “safe and effective amount” in reference to a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or other pharmaceutically-active agent means an amount of the compound sufficient to treat the patient's condition but low enough to avoid serious side effects and it can nevertheless be routinely determined by the skilled artisan. The compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered once or according to a dosing regimen wherein a number of doses are administered at varying intervals of time for a given period of time. Typical daily dosages may vary depending upon the particular route of administration chosen.
  • The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions of compounds of formula (I) in admixture with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, for example those described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences Handbook, XVII Ed., Mack Pub., N.Y., U.S.A.
  • Administration of the compounds of the invention and their pharmaceutical compositions may be accomplished according to patient needs, for example, orally, nasally, parenterally (subcutaneously, intravenously, intramuscularly, intrasternally and by infusion) and by inhalation.
  • Preferably the compounds of the present invention are administered orally and by inhalation.
  • Various solid oral dosage forms can be used for administering compounds of the invention including such solid forms as tablets, gelcaps, capsules, caplets, granules, lozenges and bulk powders. The compounds of the invention can be administered alone or combined with various pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents (such as sucrose, mannitol, lactose, starches) and known excipients, including suspending agents, solubilizers, buffering agents, binders, disintegrants, preservatives, colorants, flavorants, lubricants and the like. Time release capsules, tablets and gels are also advantageous in administering the compounds of the invention.
  • Preferably the compounds of the invention are administered in forms of tablets.
  • Various liquid oral dosage forms can also be used for administering compounds of the invention, including aqueous and non-aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs. Such dosage forms can also contain suitable known inert diluents such as water and suitable known excipients such as preservatives, wetting agents, sweeteners, flavorants, as well as agents for emulsifying and/or suspending the compounds of the invention. The compounds of the invention may be injected, for example, intravenously, in the form of an isotonic sterile solution.
  • For the treatment of the diseases of the respiratory tract, the compounds according to the invention are preferably administered by inhalation.
  • Inhalable preparations include inhalable powders, propellant-containing metering aerosols or propellant-free inhalable formulations.
  • For administration as a dry powder, single- or multi-dose inhalers known from the prior art may be utilized. In that case the powder may be filled in gelatine, plastic or other capsules, cartridges or blister packs or in a reservoir.
  • A diluent or carrier chemically inert to the compounds of the invention, e.g. lactose or any other additive suitable for improving the respirable fraction may be added to the powdered compounds of the invention.
  • Inhalation aerosols containing propellant gas such as hydrofluoroalkanes may contain the compounds of the invention either in solution or in dispersed form. The propellant-driven formulations may also contain other ingredients such as co-solvents, stabilizers and optionally other excipients.
  • The propellant-free inhalable formulations comprising the compounds of the invention may be in form of solutions or suspensions in an aqueous, alcoholic or hydroalcoholic medium and they may be delivered by jet or ultrasonic nebulizers known from the prior art or by soft-mist nebulizers.
  • Preferably, the compounds of the present invention are administered orally.
  • The compounds of the invention can be administered as the sole active agent or in combination with other pharmaceutical active ingredients.
  • The dosages of the compounds of the invention depend upon a variety of factors including among others the particular disease to be treated, the severity of the symptoms, the route of administration and the like.
  • The invention is also directed to a device comprising a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) according to the invention, in form of a single- or multi-dose dry powder inhaler or a metered dose inhaler.
  • The various aspects of the invention described in this application are illustrated by the following examples which are not meant to limit the invention in any way. following examples illustrate the invention.
  • The example testing experiments described herein serve to illustrate the present invention and the invention is not limited to the examples given.
    • Preparations of Intermediates and Examples
  • Chemical names were generated using the Dotmatics software. In some case generally accepted names of commercially available reagents were used in place of Dotmatics software generated names.
  • All reagents, for which the synthesis is not described in the experimental part, are either commercially available, or are known compounds or may be formed from known compounds by known methods by a person skilled in the art.
  • (R)-1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethanamine HCl, (R)-1-(6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)ethan-1-amine HCl were prepared accordingly to the procedure described in WO2016/091776.
    • Abbreviation—Meaning
      • Et2O: diethyl ether;
      • Et3N: triethyl amine;
      • TEA: triethyl amine;
      • DCC: N,N′-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide;
      • PyBOP: (benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate;
      • DMF: dimethylformamide;
      • EtOAc: Ethyl acetate;
      • RT: room temperature;
      • THF: tetrahydrofuran;
      • DCM: dichloromethane;
      • MeOH: methyl alcohol;
      • EtOH: ethylic alcohol;
      • TFA: Trifluoroacetic acid;
      • LC-MS: Liquid Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry;
      • HPLC: high pressure liquid chromatography;
      • MPLC: medium pressure liquid chromatography;
      • SFC: Supercritical Fluid Chromatography;
      • dppf: 1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino) ferrocene;
      • DIEA or DIPEA: N,N-Diisopropylethylamine;
      • MeCN: Acetonitrile;
      • MTBE: tert-Butyl methyl ether;
      • TBDMSCl: tert-Butyl(chloro)dimethylsilane;
      • DMSO: Dimethylsulfoxide;
      • Boc2O: di-tert-butyl dicarbonate;
      • UPLC: Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography.
    General Experimental Details and Methods
  • Analytical Methods
  • Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry
    • Method 1
  • UPLC-MS was performed on a Waters Acquity I-Class with Waters Diode Array Detector coupled to a Waters SQD2 single quadrapole mass spectrometer using an Waters HSS C18 column (1.8 μm, 100×2.1 mm) being initially held at 5% acetonitrile/water (with 0.1% formic acid in each mobile phase) for 1.2 minutes, followed by a linear gradient of 5-100% within 3.5 minutes and then held at 100% for 1.5 minutes (F=0.5 mL/min).
    • Method 2
  • UPLC-MS was performed on a Waters Acquity I-Class with Waters Diode Array Detector coupled to a Waters SQD2 single quadrapole mass spectrometer using an Waters BEH Shield RP18 column (1.7 μm, 100×2.1 mm) being initially held at 5% acetonitrile/water (with 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate in each mobile phase) for 1.2 minutes, followed by a linear gradient of 5-100% within 3.5 minutes and then held at 100% for 1.5 minutes (F=0.5 mL/min).
    • Method 3
  • UPLC-MS was performed on a Waters DAD+Waters SQD2, single quadrapole UPLC-MS spectrometer using an Acquity UPLC BEH Shield RP18 1.7 um 100×2.1 mm (Plus guard cartridge), maintained at temp column being initially held at 5% acetonitrile/water (with 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate in each mobile phase) for 0.4 minutes, followed by a linear gradient of 5-95% within 6.4 minutes and then held at 95% for 1.2 minutes (F=0.4 mL/min).
    • Method 4
  • UPLC-MS was performed on a Waters DAD+Waters SQD2, single quadrapole UPLC-MS spectrometer using an Acquity UPLC BEH Shield RP18 1.7 um 100×2.1 mm (Plus guard cartridge), maintained at temp column being initially held at 5% Acetonitrile (Far UV grade) with 0.1% (V/V) formic acid/Water (High purity via PureLab Option unit) with 0.1% formic acid for 0.4 minutes, followed by a linear gradient of 5-95% within 6.4 minutes and then held at 95% for 1.2 minutes (F=0.4 mL/min).
    • Method 4.1
  • Acquity UPLC—QDa Mass Spectrometer with a C18-reverse-phase column (50×2.1 mm Acquity CSH with 1.7 μm particle size) maintained at 40° C., elution with A: 95/5 water/acetonitrile+0.05% formic acid; B: 95/5 acetonitrile/water+0.05% formic acid.
    • Gradient:
  • Time [min] Flow [ml/min] Mobile phase A [%] Mobile phase B [%]
    0.0 1 99.0 1.0
    1.50 1 0.1 99.9
    1.90 1 0.1 99.9
    2.00 1 99.0 1.0
    • Detection-MS, UV PDA
  • MS ionisation method-Electrospray (positive/negative ion).
    • Method 4.2
  • Acquity UPLC—QDa Mass Spectrometer with a C18-reverse-phase column (50×2.1 mm Acquity BEH with 1.7 μm particle size) maintained at 40° C., elution with A: 95/5 water/acetonitrile+0.05% conc. ammonia; B: 95/5 acetonitrile/water+0.05% conc. ammonia.
    • Gradient:
  • Time [min] Flow [ml/min] Mobile phase A [%] Mobile phase B [%]
    0.0 1 99.0 1.0
    1.50 1 0.1 99.9
    1.90 1 0.1 99.9
    2.00 1 99.0 1.0
    • Detection-MS, UV PDA MS Ionisation Method-Electrospray (Positive/Negative Ion)
  • NMR
  • 1H Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy was carried out using a Bruker or Varian instruments operating at 400 MHz using the stated solvent at around room temperature unless otherwise stated. In all cases, NMR data were consistent with the proposed structures. Characteristic chemical shifts (δ) are given in parts-per-million using conventional abbreviations for designation of major peaks: e.g. s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; dd, doublet of doublets; dt, doublet of triplets; m, multiplet; br, broad.
  • Preparative Reverse-Phase HPLC Conditions
  • Preparative HPLC purification was performed by reverse phase HPLC using a Waters Fractionlynx preparative HPLC system (2525 pump, 2996/2998 UV/VIS detector, 2767 liquid handler) or an equivalent HPLC system such as a Gilson Trilution UV directed system. The Waters 2767 liquid handler acted as both auto-sampler and fraction collector. The columns used for the preparative purification of the compounds were a Waters Sunfire OBD Phenomenex Luna Phenyl Hexyl or Waters Xbridge Phenyl at 10 μm 19×150 mm or Waters CSH Phenyl Hexyl, 19×150, 5 μm column. Appropriate focused gradients were selected based on acetonitrile and methanol solvent systems under either acidic or basic conditions. The modifiers used under acidic/basic conditions were formic acid or trifluoroacetic acid (0.1% V/V) and ammonium bicarbonate (10 mM) respectively. The purification was controlled by Waters Fractionlynx software through monitoring at 210-400 nm, and triggered a threshold collection value at 260 nm and, when using the Fractionlynx, the presence of target molecular ion as observed under API conditions. Collected fractions were analysed by LCMS (Waters Acquity systems with Waters SQD).
  • Chiral Supercritical Fluid Chromatography (SFC) Separation Protocol
  • The diastereomeric separation of compounds was achieved by Supercritical Fluid Chromatography (SFC) using a Waters Thar Prep100 preparative SFC system (P200 CO2 pump, 2545 modifier pump, 2998 UV/VIS detector, 2767 liquid handler with Stacked Injection Module). The Waters 2767 liquid handler acted as both auto-sampler and fraction collector. Appropriate isocratic methods were selected based on methanol, ethanol or isopropanol solvent systems under un-modified or basic conditions. The standard SFC method used was modifier, CO2, 100 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature. The modifier used under basic conditions was diethylamine (0.1% V/V). The modifier used under acidic conditions was either formic acid (0.1% V/V) or trifluoroacetic acid (0.1% V/V). The SFC purification was controlled by Waters Fractionlynx software through monitoring at 210-400 nm and triggered at a threshold collection value, typically 260 nm. Collected fractions were analysed by SFC (Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD). The fractions that contained the desired product were concentrated by vacuum centrifugation.
  • Supercritical Fluid Chromatography—Mass Spectrometry Analytical Conditions Method 5
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-3 column with a 15% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 6
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-3 column with a 20% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 7
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 55% ethyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 8
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 20% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 9
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 30% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 10
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 50% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 11
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 25% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 12
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 15% ethyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 13
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 25% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 14
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 35% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 15
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 55% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 16
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 15% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 17
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 20% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 18
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Cellulose-C column with a 15% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 19
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Cellulose-C column with a 15% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 20
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Cellulose-C column with a 25% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 21
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Cellulose-SC column with a 55% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 22
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-3 column with a 10% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 23
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-3 column with a 30% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 24
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 20% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 25
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 40% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 26
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 55% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 27
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a Lux Cellulose-4 column with a 55% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 28
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 20% ethyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 29
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 25% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 30
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 55% methyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 31
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Amylose-C column with a 30% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Method 32
  • SFC-MS was performed on a Waters/Thar SFC systems with Waters SQD using a YMC Cellulose-C column with a 40% iso-propyl alcohol/CO2 (with 0.1% diethylamine) isocratic run at 5 mL/min, 120 Bar backpressure, 40° C. column temperature.
    • Preparation of Intermediates and Examples Intermediate 1 6-Bromopyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00181
  • A mixture of 2-amino-5-bromonicotinic acid (35 g, 0.16 mol) and formamide (56 mL, 1.41 mol) was heated to 140° C. for 20 hours. The mixture was cooled to 40° C. and water (100 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes before adding further water (300 mL). The reaction was filtered and the solid was washed with water (3×100 mL), a solution of 10% methanol in diethyl ether (3×100 mL) and diethyl ether (3×100 mL) to give the title compound (33.0 g, 90% yield) as a light brown solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 12.78-12.77 (m, 1H), 9.09 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.67 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=226 at 2.38 min.
    • Intermediate 2 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00182
  • Nitrogen was bubbled for 5 min through a mixture of 6-bromopyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (Intermediate 1) (1.0 g, 4.42 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (929 mg, 6.64 mmol) and cesium carbonate (4.32 g, 13.27 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) and water (2 mL) then tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (664 mg, 0.57 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was heated to 95° C. for 16 hours. After return to room temperature, the reaction was diluted with water (20 mL), filtered and the solid was washed with diethyl ether to give the title compound (965 mg, 90%) as a beige solid.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=242 at 2.90 min.
  • The following compound was synthesised following the procedure described for the preparation of 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one:
  • Intermediate Chemical Name Analytical data
    No. Structure 1H NMR LC-MS
    Intermediate 6-Phenylpyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin- LCMS (Method
    19 4(3H)-one 4): [MH+] =
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00183
         		224 at 3.12 min.
    • Example 1 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00184
  • To a solution of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (Intermediate 2) (516 mg, 2.14 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (15 mL) was successively added (benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (1.17 g, 2.25 mmol) and di-isopropylethylamine (1.7 mL, 9.63 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated to 45° C. for 45 minutes then 1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride (600 mg, 3.0 mmol) was added and the heating was maintained at 45° C. for 16 hours. After return to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) and water (70 mL). The organic phase was washed with brine (2×20 mL), passed through a hydrophobic frit and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound as a white solid (190 mg, 25%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.45 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 9.26-9.21 (m, 2H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.04-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.49 (dd, J=8.8, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.88 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.81 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+]=351 at 3.68 min.
    • Intermediate 20 6-(5-Methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00185
    • Step 1: Preparation of 6-bromo-4-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00186
  • 6-Bromopyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (7.0 g, 30.97 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (260 mL) and the reaction mixture cooled to 0° C. Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 1.49 g, 37.16 mmol) was added portion-wise and the reaction mixture stirred for 30 min. (2-Chloromethoxyethyl)trimethylsilane (8.2 ml, 46.45 mmol) was then added dropwise. The reaction was then stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour and then allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and partitioned with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The phases were separated, and the aqueous layer washed with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with 0-70% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane to give the title compound (6.0 g, 54%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.01 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.74 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 5.52 (s, 2H), 3.66-3.62 (m, 2H), 0.98-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.02 (s, 9H).
    • Step 2: Preparation of 5-methyl-2-(4-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)-methoxy)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)thiazole
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00187
  • Nitrogen was bubbled for 5 minutes through a suspension of 6-bromo-4-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (3500 mg, 9.82 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (2993 mg, 11.79 mmol), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) complex with dichloromethane (401 mg, 0.49 mmol), potassium acetate (1928 mg, 19.65 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (80 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 100° C. for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature. To the resulting suspension was added water (16 mL), 2-bromo-5-methyl-1,3-thiazole (1836 mg, 10.3 mmol), caesium carbonate (6401 mg, 19.7 mmol) and another aliquot of [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) complex with dichloromethane (22 mg, 0.027 mmol). The reaction was heated to 100° C. for a further 2 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and passed through a hydrophobic frit. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 30-50% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane. The resulting residue was triturated with diethyl ether to give the title compound (2400 mg, 65%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=375 at 5.09 min.
    • Step 3: Preparation of 6-(5-Methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00188
  • 5-Methyl-2-(4-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methoxy)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)thiazole (1000 mg, 2.67 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (15 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was quenched with a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate and water. The solid was filtered and dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound (458 mg, 700%) as a yellow solid.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=245 at 2.73 min.
  • The following compounds were synthesised following the procedure described for the preparation of 6-(5-Methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one:
  • Inter- Analytical data
    mediate Chemical Name 1H NMR
    No. Structure LC-MS
    Inter- mediate 21
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00189
         		LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 269 at 2.76 min.
    Inter- mediate 22
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00190
         		LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 239 at 2.55 min.
    Inter- mediate 23
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00191
         		LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 272 at 3.02 min.
    • Example 49 6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[[3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00192
  • 6-(5-Methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3N)-one (60 mg, 0.25 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethyl amine (0.21 ml, 1.23 mmol) were suspended in toluene (2.5 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 95° C. and phosphorus(V) oxychloride (0.027 ml, 0.30 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 95° C. for 2 hours and cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo. To the resulting residue was added [3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]methanamine hydrochloride (75 mg, 0.37 mmol), potassium carbonate (102 mg, 0.74 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through a pad of Celite©. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (3.1 mg, 3%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.90-9.86 (m, 1H), 9.60 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 9.30 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 7.83-7.81 (m, 1H), 5.25 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 2H), 2.63 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=394 at 3.69 min.
  • The following compounds were synthesised following the procedure described for the preparation of 6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[[3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine:
  • Analytical data
    Chemical Name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 50
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00193
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.55 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 1 H), 9.50 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.20 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.15 (s, 2 H), 8.66 (s, 1 H), 7.76-7.75 (m, 1 H), 4.95 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 2 H), 2.57 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 404 at 3.26 min.
    Example 51
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00194
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.73 (br s, 1 H), 9.54 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.25 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.65 (s, 1 H), 7.77 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.05 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 2 H), 2.58 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 3 H), 2.32 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 340 at 2.63 min.
    Example 52
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00195
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.67-9.65 (m, 1 H), 9.55 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.30-9.28 (m, 1 H), 8.65 (s, 1 H), 7.80-7.79 (m, 1 H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.10-5.09 (m, 2 H), 2.64 (s, 3 H), 2.59 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 350 at 2.35 min.
    • Intermediate 24 6-(1-((6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)pyridin-2(11)-one
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00196
    • Step 1: Preparation of 4-Chloro-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00197
  • Phosphorus oxychloride (0.5 mL, 5.39 mmol) was added under nitrogen to a stirred suspension of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (1 g, 4.15 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.6 mL, 20.7 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (20 mL). The mixture was heated to 90° C. for 2 hours, after which time analysis by LC-MS indicated conversion to the desired target. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the residue obtained was partitioned between DCM (40 mL) and saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (10 mL). The layers were thoroughly mixed, before separating and the aqueous phase was re-extracted with DCM (20 mL). The combined organics were washed with saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (10 mL) and then water (10 mL) before drying by passing through a phase separating frit. The solvents were removed in vacuo, to give a dark brown semi-solid which was used immediately in the next step without further purification (1.6 g, >100%).
    • Step 2: Preparation of 6-(1-((6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00198
  • 4-Chloro-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (150 mg, 0.58 mmol), 6-(1-aminoethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one. HBr (152 mg, 0.69 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.40 mL, 2.31 mmol) were stirred in N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) at 40° C. for 4 days. The yellow precipitate was filtered off and purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (61 mg, 29%) as a colourless solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 11.76-11.75 (m, 1H), 9.42 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 9.22 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.83 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.03 (ddd, J=3.2, 5.4, 12.0 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (dd, J=8.8, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (dd, J=8.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.28-6.21 (m, 2H), 5.38 (dd, J=6.9, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.65 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=362 at 2.85 min.
  • The following compounds were synthesised following the same procedure described for the preparation of 6-(1-((6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one using the appropriate amine reagent:
  • Analytical data
    Chemical Name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 54
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00199
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.42 (s, 1 H), 9.22 (s, 1 H), 9.13 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.64 (s, 1 H), 8.00 (dd, J = 6.3, 6.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.5, 8.5 Hz, 2 H), 5.83-5.76 (m, 1 H), 5.45 (dd, J = 5.4, 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.07 (dd, J = 5.5, 5.5 Hz, 2 H), 2.34 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 367 at 3.23 min.
    Example 55
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00200
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.30 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.04 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 7.88 (dd, J = 5.5, 8.6 Hz, 2 H), 7.37 (dd, J = 8.8, 8.8 Hz, 2 H), 5.79 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 2.43 (s, 3 H), 1.70 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H). NH not observed LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 351 at 2.83 min. Chiral analysis (Method 26) at 1.69 min.
    Example 56
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00201
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.40 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 9.19-9.13 (m, 2 H), 8.69 (s, 1 H), 7.97 (ddd, J = 3.1, 5.3, 12.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.9, 8.9 Hz, 2 H), 6.01-5.95 (m, 1 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 1.82 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 367 at 3.07 min.
    Example 58
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00202
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 9.34 (d, J = 2.63 Hz, 1 H), 9.12 (d, J = 2.19 Hz, 1 H), 8.96 (d, J = 7.89 Hz, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 7.93 (dd, J = 8.55, 5.48 Hz, 2 H), 7.39 (t, J = 8.77 Hz, 2 H), 5.68-5.76 (m, 1 H), 2.53 (s, 3 H), 1.64 (d, J = 7.02 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4.1): [MH+] = 351.1 at 0.66 min
    Example 59
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00203
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) d ppm 9.37 (d, J = 2.19 Hz, 1 H), 9.21 (d, J = 2.19 Hz, 1 H), 8.79 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 7.95- 8.02 (m, 2 H), 7.40-7.50 (m, 2 H), 2.31 (s, 3 H), 1.88 (s, 6H). LCMS (Method 4.1): [MH+] = 365.1 at 0.75 min.
    Example 60
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00204
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.31 (d, J = 2.19 Hz, 1 H), 9.19 (d, J = 2.41 Hz, 1 H), 8.93 (br d, J = 7.23 Hz, 1 H), 8.50 (s, 1 H), 8.42 (d, J = 2.41 Hz, 1 H), 7.86-7.97 (m, 3 H), 7.39 (t, J = 8.77 Hz, 2 H), 5.83 (br quin, J = 7.00 Hz, 1 H), 1.60 (d, J = 7.02 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4.1): [MH+] = 389.1 at 0.79 min
    Example 63
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00205
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.31 (d, J = 2.41 Hz, 1 H), 8.92 (d, J = 2.41 Hz, 1 H), 8.85 (br t, J = 5.37 Hz, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 7.88 (dd, J = 8.66, 5.37 Hz, 2 H), 7.39 (t, J = 8.77 Hz, 2 H), 3.90- 3.99 (m, 2 H), 3.24-3.32 (m, 2 H), 2.26 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4.1): [MH+] = 351.0 at 0.58 min
    Example 63a
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00206
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.36 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.24 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.00-8.98 (m, 1 H), 8.57 (s, 1 H), 8.47 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.00-7.92 (m, 3 H), 7.47-7.41 (m, 2 H), 5.90-5.84 (m, 1 H), 1.65 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 382 at 4.3 min.
    • Example 2 (R)-5-(1-((6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine 1-oxide
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00207
  • 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (intermediate 2) (23.5 g, 97.4 mmol, 1 eq) was suspended in SOCl2 (240 mL), then DMF (2.5 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux until a clear solution formed. The reaction was then complete and volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was macerated with EtOAc, then filtered and dried to give 4-chloro-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (23.6 g, 91.9 mmol, 94% Yield).
  • DIPEA (0.3 mL, 1.722 mmol) was added to a mixture of 4-chloro-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (100 mg, 0.385 mmol) and (R)-5-(1-aminoethyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine 1-oxide hydrochloride (112 mg, 0.462 mmol) in DMF (Volume: 2 mL). Stirring went on at 80° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with AcOEt, washed with semi-saturated aqueous NaCl solution, then with brine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by DP chromatography (Biotage Isolera, 28 g NH cartridge, gradient elution from 0 to 60% AcOEt in dichloromethane) followed by RP chromatography (Biotage Isolera, 30 g C18 cartridge, gradient elution from 0 to 35% B in A. A: water/acetonitrile 95:5+0.05% HCOOH, B: acetonitrile/water 95:5+0.05% HCOOH) yielded (R)-5-(1-((6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine 1-oxide (122 mg, 0.284 mmol, 73.8% yield) as an off-white powder.
  • LCMS (Method 4.1): 0.70 min, 430.1 [M+H]+.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.36 (d, J=2.19 Hz, 1H) 9.14 (d, J=2.19 Hz, 1H) 8.88 (d, J=6.80 Hz, 1H) 8.61 (s, 1H) 8.59 (s, 1H) 7.97 (dd, J=8.47, 5.38 Hz, 2H) 7.91 (d, J=8.33 Hz, 1H) 7.58 (d, J=8.33 Hz, 1H) 7.44 (t, J=8.77 Hz, 2H) 5.55 (quin, J=6.96 Hz, 1H) 1.66 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 3H).
  • The following Examples were synthesised via adaptations of the same procedure.
  • Analytical data
    Chemical Name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 3
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00208
         		LCMS (Method 4.1): 0.60 min, 361.2 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 9.36 (d, J = 1.75 Hz, 1 H) 9.22 (d, J = 1.75 Hz, 1 H) 9.02 (br d, J = 7.23 Hz, 1 H) 8.54 (s, 1 H) 7.98 (dd, J = 8.22, 5.59 Hz, 2 H) 7.64 (d, J = 8.77 Hz, 1 H) 7.50 (d, J = 8.65 Hz, 1 H) 7.43 (t, J = 8.66 Hz, 2 H) 5.76 (quin, J = 7.02 Hz, 1 H) 2.58 (s, 3 H) 1.71 (d, J = 7.02 Hz, 3 H).
    Example 4
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00209
         		LCMS (Method 4.1): 0.63 min, 392.2 [M + H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 9.30 (s, 1 H) 9.14 (s, 1 H) 8.78-9.46 (m, 1 H) 8.76 (br d, J = 7.67 Hz, 1 H) 8.54 (d, J = 0.88 Hz, 1 H) 8.23 (br s, 1 H) 7.93 (dd, J = 7.34, 5.37 Hz, 2 H) 7.77 (br d, J = 8.55 Hz, 1 H) 7.40 (t, J = 8.12 Hz, 2 H) 6.76 (d, J = 8.55 Hz, 1 H) 5.48 (q, J = 6.94 Hz, 1 H) 5.10 (t, J = 5.48 Hz, 1 H) 3.78 (d, J = 1.38 Hz, 5 H)
    Example 5
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00210
         		LCMS (Method 4.1):: 0.34 min, 354.1 [M + H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.28 (d, J = 2.41 Hz, 1 H) 8.95 (d, J = 2.41 Hz, 1 H) 8.62 (br t, J = 4.82 Hz, 1 H) 8.57 (s, 1 H) 7.86-7.92 (m, 2 H) 7.39 (t, J = 8.88 Hz, 2 H) 3.61-3.76 (m, 2 H) 3.51-3.57 (m, 4 H) 2.58 (t, J = 6.91 Hz, 2 H) 2.39- 2.45 (m, 4 H)
    • Intermediate 3—Procedure A 6-Bromo-N-(1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00211
  • To a mixture of 6-bromopyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (Intermediate 1) (1.0 g, 4.42 mmol) and 1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride (996 mg, 4.98 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (25 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.9 mL, 22.12 mmol) and (benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (2.76 g, 5.31 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 40° C. for 5 hours and at room temperature for 2 days. The reaction was filtered and the solid was washed with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The filtrate was washed with water (100 mL) then the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×40 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (50 mL), passed through a hydrophobic frit and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel, eluting with 0-10% methanol in dichloromethane. The fractions containing product were combined and triturated with diethyl ether to give the title compound (766 mg, 46% yield) as a white solid.
  • LCMS (Method 3): [MH+]=335 at 2.94 min.
    • Intermediate 4—Procedure B 6-bromo-N-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00212
  • A mixture of 6-bromo-4-chloropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (1 g, 4.09 mmol), (6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methanamine (0.500 g, 4.09 mmol) and triethylamine (3 ml, 21.52 mmol) in 1,4-Dioxane/DMF 5:1 (Volume: 12 ml) was stirred at 100° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography (Biotage Isolera, 55 g NH cartridge, gradient elution from 0 to 100% Acetone in heptane) yielded 6-bromo-N-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (1.21 g, 3.66 mmol, 90% yield) as a pale yellow powder. Expected product was recovered both in fractions and on top of the cartridge as an insoluble precipitate.
  • LCMS (CSH basic method 2 min): 0.66 min, m/z 329.8 and 331.7 [M]+ and [M+2]+.
  • The following intermediates were synthesised via adaptations of procedure A or B (see table for specific procedure) reacting suitable substrate and amine intermediate:
  • Starting
    Intermediate Chemical Name material -
    No. Structure Analytical data Procedure
    Intermediate 5
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00213
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.40-9.39 (m, 1 H), 9.15 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 2 H), 8.66 (s, 1 H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.06 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2 H), 2.65 (s, 3 H). 6- bromopyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin- 4(3H)-one, (Intermediate 1) procedure A
    Intermediate 6
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00214
         		LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 399.0 and 401.0 at 3.43 min. 6- bromopyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin- 4(3H)-one, (Intermediate 1) procedure A
    • Example 6 N-(1-(3-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00215
  • Nitrogen was bubbled for 5 min through a solution of 5-methyl-2-(tributylstannyl)thiazole (902 mg, 2.67 mmol), 6-bromo-N-(1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (Intermediate 3) (2.75 mg, 0.82 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (12 mL), then tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (142 mg, 0.123 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was heated to 95° C. for 18 hours. After return to room temperature, the reaction was diluted with water (60 mL) and brine (25 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The combined organic phases were filtered through a Celite© cartridge, washed with water (50 mL), dried over MgSO4 and filtered. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0-100% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound (140 mg, 48% yield) as an off-white solid.
  • LCMS (Method 3): [MH+]=354 at 3.25 min.
  • The following compounds were synthesised following the same procedure described for the preparation of N-(1-(3-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-4-amine using the appropriate stannane reagent and starting from intermediate reported in table.
  • Analytical data
    Example Chemical Name 1H NMR Starting
    No. Structure LC-MS Intermediate
    Example 7
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00216
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.61 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.97 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.82 (s, 1 H), 8.52 (s, 1 H), 8.09 (dd, J = 5.4, 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.74 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.61 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.53 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.13 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 2 H), 2.74 (s, 3 H), 2.41 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): Intermediate 5
    [MH+] = 344 at 2.84
    min.
    Example 8
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00217
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.51 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.32 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 9.27 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.62 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.42 (s, 1 H), 8.05-7.99 (m, 2 H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.86 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 2 H), 2.40 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = Intermediate 5
    364 at 3.10 min.
    Example 9
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00218
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.71 (s, 1 H), 9.52-9.48 (m, 1 H), 9.21 (s, 3 H), 8.63 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 2 H), 8.15 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.87 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.72-5.70 (m, 1 H), 2.42 (s, 3 H), 1.77 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 412 at 3.95 min. Intermediate 6
    Example 10
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00219
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.68 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 9.36 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 9.29 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.63 (s, 1 H), 8.60 (s, 1 H), 8.51 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.82 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.70 (dd, J = 7.9, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 4.79 (d, J = 5.7 Intermediate 4
    Hz, 2 H), 2.44 (s, 3
    H), 2.38 (s, 3 H).
    LCMS: (Method 4.1):
    0.33 min, 342.9 m/z
    [M + H]+.
    Example 107
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00220
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.47 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.32 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.25-9.23 (m, 1 H), (s, 2 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 7.79-7.76 (m, 1 H), 5.69-5.67 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 1.73 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 418 at 4.29 min. Chiral analysis (Method 27) at 3.38 min. Intermediate 6
    • Intermediate 7 6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00221
  • Nitrogen was bubbled for 5 min through a solution of 6-bromopyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (Intermediate 1) (832 mg, 3.68 mmol), 5-chloro-2-(tributylstannyl)thiazole (2.0 g, 4.97 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (35 mL). Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (638 mg, 0.552 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 95° C. for 18 hours. After return to room temperature, the reaction was filtered and the solid was washed with N,N-dimethylformamide (50 mL) then with 10% methanol in dichloromethane (3×25 mL) to give the title compound (470 mg, 49%) as an off-white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 12.72-12.72 (m, 1H), 9.70-9.66 (m, 1H), 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.34 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 11 (R)-6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00222
  • To a solution of 6-(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (intermediate 7) (80 mg, 0.31 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL) was added (6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methanamine dihydrochloride (69 mg, 0.35 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.27 mL, 1.55 mmol), and (benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (1.93 mg, 0.37 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated to 60° C. for 48 hours. After return to room temperature, the reaction was diluted with dichloromethane (10 mL) and water (20 mL) and filtered. The solid was washed with water (5 mL) and dichloromethane (10 mL) and the filtrate separated. The aqueous phase was extracted further with dichloromethane (2×15 mL). The organic phases were combined, passed through a hydrophobic frit and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (9.5 mg, 7%) as an off-white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.74 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 9.55 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 9.25 (s, 2H), 9.21 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 1H), 8.88 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (dd, J=2.3, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.77-5.71 (m, 1H), 1.81 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=432 at 3.71 min.
  • The following compounds were synthesised following the same procedure described for the preparation of (R)-6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine using the appropriate amine reagent:
  • Chemical Name Analytical data
    Example No. Structure 1H NMR LC-MS
    Example 12 6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-(3- 1H NMR (400 MHz,
    methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- DMSO): δ 9.66 (d, J = 2.3
    yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin- Hz, 1 H), 9.44 (d, J = 2.0
    4-amine Hz, 1 H), 9.28 (d, J = 6.8
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00223
         		Hz, 1 H), 8.75 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.58 (s, 1 H), 8.18 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.12 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.72 (m, 1 H), 2.25 (s, 3 H), 1.68 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 368 at 3.87 min.
    • Example 13 (R)-6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00224
  • Nitrogen was bubbled for 10 min through a mixture of (R)-6-bromo-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (100 mg, 0.251 mmol), potassium carbonate (104 mg, 0.752 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (39 mg, 0.276 mmol), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (18 mg, 0.0251 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) and water (0.5 mL). The reaction was heated to 110° C. for 20 minutes in a microwave reactor. After return to room temperature, water (2 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with Ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 0-20% methanol in dichloromethane then by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (37 mg, 35%) as an off-white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.21 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.03-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.97-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.69 (dd, J=5.1, 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.53 (dd, J=5.1, 5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+]=476.0 at 3.06 min.
  • The compound 18 was obtained as a side product in the preparation of Example 17.
  • The following intermediates were synthesised via adaptations of the same procedure starting from suitable intermediates:
  • Analytical data
    Example Chemical Name 1H NMR Starting
    No. Structure LC-MS Intermediate
    Example 14
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00225
         		LCMS (Method 4.1): 0.38 min, 342.0 m/z [M + H]+, CSH 2 min. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.34 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 9.12-9.21 (bs, 1 H), 9.03 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.60 (s, 1 H), 8.51 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.79 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.66-7.73 (m, 1 H), Intermediate 4
    7.37 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2
    H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.9
    Hz, 1 H), 4.79 (br.
    s., 2 H), 2.43 (s, 3
    H), 2.38 (s, 3 H).
    Example 15
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00226
         		LCMS (Method 4.1): 0.42 min, m/z 347.9 [M + H]+, CSH 2 min. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.21-9.35 (m, 1 H), 9.10-9.20 (t, 1 H), 8.85 (d, J = 2.63 Hz, 1 H), 8.57 (s, 1 H), 8.45- 8.53 (m, 1 H), 7.62- 7.74 (m, 1 H), 7.48- 7.62 (m, 1 H), 7.21 (d, J = 7.89 Hz, 1 H), Intermediate 4
    6.83-6.98 (m, 1 H),
    4.78 (d, J = 5.70 Hz,
    2 H), 2.52 (s, 3 H),
    2.44 (s, 3 H).
    Example 16
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00227
         		LCMS (Method 4.2): 0.39 min, m/z 345.9 [M + 1]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.34 (d, J = 2.19 Hz, 1 H), 9.15 (t, J = 1.00 Hz, 1 H), 9.04 (d, J = 2.19 Hz, 1 H), 8.62 (s, 1 H), 8.51 (d, J = 1.75 Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (dd, J = 8.77, 5.26 Hz, 2 H), 7.69 (br d, J = 2.19 Hz, 1 H), 7.41 (t, J = 8.77 Intermediate 4
    Hz, 2 H), 7.21 (d,
    J = 7.89 Hz, 1 H), 4.79
    (d, J = 5.26 Hz, 2 H),
    2.44 (s, 3 H).
    Example 17
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00228
         		LCMS (Method 4.1): 0.33 min, m/z 352.9 [M + H]+,. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.15-9.20 (m, 2 H), 9.02 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.68 (s, 1 H), 8.49 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.01-8.10 (m, 1 H), 7.89 (d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.82 (s, 1 H), 7.68 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2 H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 Intermediate 4
    H), 4.78 (d, J = 5.3 Hz,
    2 H), 2.43 (s, 3 H).
    Example 18
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00229
         		LCMS (Method 4.1):: 0.14 min (solvent front) and 0.28 min, m/z 371.0 [M + H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.11-9.21 (bs, 1 H), 8.92 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.78 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.62 (s, 1 H), 8.49 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 (bs, 1 H), 7.68 (dd, J = 7.9, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), Intermediate 4
    7.56-7.65 (m, 4 H),
    7.41 (bs, 1 H), 7.20
    (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H),
    4.76 (br. s., 2 H),
    2.43 (s, 3 H).
    • Example 19 N-((3,5-difluoropyridin-2-yl)methyl)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00230
  • DIPEA (0.15 mL, 0.861 mmol) was added to a mixture of 6-bromo-4-chloropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (100 mg, 0.409 mmol) and (3,5-difluoropyridin-2-yl)methanamine hydrochloride (73.9 mg, 0.409 mmol) in DMF (Volume: 2 ml). Stirring went on for 6 h at 80° C. Upon completion of conversion of starting materials to 6-bromo-N-((3,5-difluoropyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine, water (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture followed by 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (86 mg, 0.614 mmol), potassium phosphate (174 mg, 0.818 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 CH2Cl2 (33.4 mg, 0.041 mmol). Stirring went on for 16 h at 80° C. The mixture was allowed to cool down to rt, then formic acid (0.154 mL, 4.09 mmol) was added. Purification by RP chromatography (Biotage Isolera, 30 g C18 cartridge, gradient elution from 100:0 to 30:70 A/B, A: water/acetonitrile 95:5+0.1% HCOOH, B: acetonitrile:water 95:5+0.1% HCOOH in 15 CV) yielded N-((3,5-difluoropyridin-2-yl)methyl)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (35.8 mg, 0.097 mmol, 23.83% yield) as an off-white powder.
  • LCMS: 0.70 min, m/z 367.9 [M+H]+, (Method 4.1):
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.29-9.47 (m, 1H), 9.20 (t, 1H), 9.10 (d, J=2.41 Hz, 1H), 8.54-8.63 (m, 1H), 8.38-8.49 (m, 1H), 7.81-8.04 (m, 3H), 7.42 (t, J=8.88 Hz, 2H), 4.93-5.03 (m, 2H).
  • The following examples were synthesised via adaptations of the same procedure by using appropriate amines and boronic acids or esters and starting from 6-bromo-4-chloropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine.
  • Analytical data
    Chemical Name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 20
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00231
         		LCMS (Method 4.1): 0.53 min, m/z 346.7 [M + H]+, 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.34- 9.40 (m, 2 H), 9.10 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 7.85- 8.01 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.65 (m, 2 H), 7.42 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 2 H), 5.05 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 2 H), 2.59 (s, 3 H).
    • Intermediate 8 6-Bromopyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diol
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00232
  • 2-Amino-5-bromo-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (3 g, 13.82 mmol) was finely ground with urea (4.90 g, 81.59 mmol). The mixture was heated to the point of evaporation of urea (280° C.) using a sand bath until its solidification. After cooling, the obtained solid was dissolved in 50 mL of 2 N sodium hydroxide and then filtered while hot. 6 N HCl solution was added dropwise into the mixture until a pH of 8. The resulting precipitate was filtered off, washed with cold water and dried in vacuo to give the title compound (3.0 g, 89.5%).
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=242.0 at 2.58 min.
    • Intermediate 9 6-Bromo-2,4-dichloropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00233
  • To a suspension of 6-bromopyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diol (Intermediate 8) (500 mg, 2.07 mmol) in POCl3 (5 mL, 53.65 mmol) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.0 mL, 5.74 mmol). The mixture was heated to 120° C. for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured onto ice, diluted with dichloromethane (15 mL) and stirred at room temperature for one hour. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (2×70 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3, dried over MgSO4 and filtered. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give the title compound (470 mg, 82%) as a red solid.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=278.0 at 4.30 min.
    • Intermediate 10 1-(4-(6-Bromo-4-(((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00234
    • Step 1: Preparation of 6-bromo-2-chloro-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00235
  • To a solution of 6-bromo-2,4-dichloropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (Intermediate 9) (370 mg, 1.33 mmol) and 6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methanamine dihydrochloride (312 mg, 1.59 mmol) in tert-butanol (10 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.69 mL, 3.98 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 40° C. for one hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken on to the next step without further purification.
  • LCMS (Method 3): [MH+]=365.0 at 2.95 min.
    • Step 2: Preparation of 1-(4-(6-bromo-4-(((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (Intermediate 10)
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00236
  • 6-Bromo-2-chloro-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (485 mg, 1.33 mmol), 1-acetylpiperazine (340 mg, 2.65 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.2 mL, 6.63 mmol) were dissolved in 1-butanol (10 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 140° C. for one hour. The reaction was cooled down to room temperature, diluted with dichloromethane (20 mL) and washed with water (50 mL). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give the title compound (350 mg, 58%) as a red solid.
  • LCMS (Method 3): [MH+]=457.0 at 2.86 min.
    • Example 21 and 22 1-(4-(6-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (Ex. 21) and 1-(4-(4-(((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (Ex. 22)
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00237
  • 1-(4-(6-Bromo-4-(((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (Intermediate 10) (50 mg, 0.11 mmol), potassium carbonate (45 mg, 0.33 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (17 mg, 0.12 mmol) and [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (8 mg, 0.01 mmol) were placed in a microwave vial. 1,4-Dioxane (2 mL) and water (0.5 mL) were added and the solution was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 110° C. for 20 minutes in a microwave reactor. After return to room temperature, water (2 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The organic phase were combined, dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compounds.
    • Example 21 (18 mg, 35%)
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.00 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.47 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.15 (m, 2H), 5.03 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (dd, J=3.7, 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (dd, J=3.4, 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (dd, J=5.3, 5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (dd, J=5.2, 5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+]=473.0 at 3.4 min.
    • Example 22 (9.0 mg, 21%)
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.79 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.07 (dd, J=4.8, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 2H), 4.05 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.72-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.54 (dd, J=4.5, 4.5 Hz, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+]=379.0 at 2.36 min.
    • Example 23 1-(4-(4-(((6-Methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00238
  • Nitrogen gas was bubbled for 5 min through a mixture of 1-(4-(6-bromo-4-(((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (Intermediate 10) (50 mg, 0.109 mmol), 5-methyl-2-(tri-n-butylstannyl)thiazole (0.077 mL, 0.219 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (19 mg, 0.0164 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL). The mixture was heated to 80° C. for 18 hours. After return to room temperature, the reaction was diluted in methanol (5 mL) and loaded onto an SCX cartridge. The cartridge was washed with methanol and the filtrate was collected when eluting with a 7M solution of ammonia in methanol. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (15 mg, 29%) as an off-white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.21 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.03-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.97-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.69 (dd, J=5.1, 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.53 (dd, J=5.1, 5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+]=476.0 at 3.06 min.
  • The following compounds were synthesised following the procedure described for the preparation of 1-(4-(4-(((6-Methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one:
  • Analytical data
    Example Chemical Name 1H NMR
    No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 24
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00239
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.00 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.14 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.61-7.56 (m, 3 H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.20-7.15 (m, 2 H), 5.03 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 2 H), 4.07 (dd, J = 3.7, 5.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.99 (dd, J = 3.4, 5.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.71 (dd, J = 5.3, 5.3 Hz, 2 H), 3.55 (dd, J = 5.2, 5.2 Hz, 2 H), 2.76 (s, 3 H), 2.17 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 470.0 at 2.40 min.
    Example 25
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00240
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.66 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.85 (s, 1 H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2 H), 5.00 (d, J = 4.3 Hz, 2 H), 4.03 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2 H), 3.97 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.70 (dd, J = 5.2, 5.2 Hz, 2 H), 3.53 (dd, J = 5.1, 5.1 Hz, 2 H), 2.76 (s, 3 H), 2.41 (s, 3 H), 2.16 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 393.0 at 1.99 min.
    • Intermediate 25 N-[1-(3-cyclopropyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00241
  • 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (200 mg, 0.83 mmol) was suspended in thionyl chloride (1.2 mL, 16.6 mmol) and DMF (0.6 μL, 0.008 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 95° C. for 16 hours and cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was suspended in dioxane (5.0 mL) and then DIPEA (0.72 mL, 4.15 mmol) and [1-(3-cyclopropyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]amine hydrochloride (236 mg, 1.24 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 95° C. for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. Water was added, and the resulting solid was filtered and dried in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (257 mg, 82%) as an off-white solid as a mixture of two enantiomers.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.47-9.43 (m, 1H), 9.19-9.16 (m, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.05-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.45 (m, 2H), 5.86-5.79 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 1H), 1.76 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.10 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 0.95-0.87 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+]=377 at 4.09 min.
  • The following compounds were synthesised following the procedure described for the preparation of N-[1-(3-cyclopropyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-pyrido-[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine:
  • Analytical data
    Chemical Name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 65
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00242
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 9.79-9.73 (m, 2 H), 9.45-9.42 (m, 1 H), 8.64 (s, 2 H), 8.12 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.22 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 2 H), 2.41 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 388 at 3.83 min.
    Example 66
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00243
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.78-9.70 (m, 1 H), 9.50 (s, 1 H), 9.36 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.82 (s, 1 H), 8.68 (s, 1 H), 8.36-8.26 (m, 1 H), 8.04 (dd, J = 9.0, 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.85 (dd, J = 6.3, 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 2.37 (s, 3 H), 1.79 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 352 at 2.75 min. Chiral analysis (Method 22) at 3.61 min.
    Example 67
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00244
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.68 (s, 1 H), 9.47 (s, 1 H), 9.21 (s, 2 H), 9.14 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.80 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.62 (s, 1 H), 8.30 (dd, J = 4.1, 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.05-8.00 (m, 1 H), 5.70 (dd, J = 6.7, 6.7 Hz, 1 H), 1.76 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 416 at 3.35 min. Chiral analysis (Method 17) at 2.6 min.
    Example 68
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00245
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.93 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.77 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.59 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.89 (s, 2 H), 8.67 (s, 1 H), 5.86-5.81 (m, 1 H), 2.39 (s, 3 H), 2.34 (s, 3 H), 1.75 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 349 at 2.65 min. Chiral analysis (Method 25) at 1.89 min.
    Example 69
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00246
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) d 9.39 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.25 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 9.14 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.54 (s, 1 H), 8.22 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.11 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.00 (ddd, J = 3.2, 5.3, 12.1 Hz, 2 H), 7.46 (dd, J = 8.9, 8.9 Hz, 2 H), 5.90-5.85 (m, 1 H), 1.80 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 415 at 3.54 min. Chiral analysis (Method 5) at 1.64 min.
    Example 70
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00247
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.75 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 2 H), 9.44 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.81 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.66 (s, 1 H), 8.29 (dd, J = 4.3, 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.06-8.00 (m, 1 H), 5.23 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 392 at 3.59 min.
    Example 71
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00248
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.58 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.52 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.24 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.65 (s, 1 H), 7.76 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.91 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.59 (s, 3 H), 2.58 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 340 at 2.55 min.
    Example 72
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00249
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.67 (s, 1 H), 9.53 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.23 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.68 (s, 1 H), 7.76 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.01 (d, J = 4.1 Hz, 2 H), 2.58 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3 H), 2.49 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 340 at 2.39 min.
    Example 73
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00250
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.41 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 9.37 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 1 H), 9.08 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.67 (s, 1 H), 7.98-7.94 (m, 2 H), 7.47-7.42 (m, 2 H), 5.03 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2 H), 2.49 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 337 at 2.65 min.
    Example 75
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00251
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.54-9.51 (m, 2 H), 9.30 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.68 (s, 1 H), 7.79 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (s, 1 H), 4.89 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2 H), 2.70-2.69 (m, 3 H), 2.61 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 337 at 3.64 min.
    Example 76
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00252
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.43 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.29 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1 H), 9.12 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.64 (s, 1 H), 8.00-7.94 (m, 2 H), 7.49-7.42 (m, 2 H), 5.94 (dq, J = 7.0, 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 1.83 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 405 at 4.77 min.
    Example 77
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00253
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.45 (s, 1 H), 9.34-9.30 (m, 1 H), 9.11 (s, 1 H), 8.71 (s, 1 H), 8.04- 7.96 (m, 2 H), 7.48 (t, J = 8.5 Hz, 2 H), 6.37 (s, 1 H), 4.97 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 2 H), 2.24 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 336 at 4.02 min.
    Example 78
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00254
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.84-9.79 (m, 1 H), 9.53 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.19 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.73 (s, 1 H), 7.77-7.75 (m, 1 H), 5.13 (d, J = 4.3 Hz, 2 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 2.57 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 356 at 3.29 min.
    Example 79
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00255
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.41-9.40 (m, 1 H), 9.26-9.24 (m, 1 H), 9.16 (s, 1 H), 8.68-8.66 (m, 1 H), 8.02-7.98 (m, 2 H), 7.49-7.45 (m, 2 H), 7.39 (s, 1 H), 4.91-4.90 (m, 2 H), 2.68 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 352 at 3.65 min.
    Example 80
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00256
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.43 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.35- 9.33 (m, 1 H), 9.13 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.68 (s, 1 H), 8.02-7.98 (m, 2 H), 7.50-7.46 (m, 2 H), 4.97- 4.95 (m, 2 H), 2.72 (s, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 337 at 3.33 min.
    Example 82
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00257
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.51-9.50 (m, 2 H), 9.21 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.68 (s, 1 H), 7.76 (s, 1 H), 6.32 (s, 1 H), 4.91-4.90 (m, 2 H), 2.57 (s, 3 H), 2.20 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 339 at 3.67 min.
    • Example 83 Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine Example 84 Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00258
  • 6-(5-Fluoropyridin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (200 mg, 0.64 mmol) was suspended in thionyl chloride (1.2 mL, 16.5 mmol) and DMF (0.001 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 95° C. for 22 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was diluted with saturated NaHCO3 solution and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The combined organic phases were dried, and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue (145 mg) was dissolved in chloroform (1.0 mL) and 1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethan-1-amine (93 mg, 0.65 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated in a sealed tube under nitrogen for 18 hours at 70° C. After this time the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction was diluted with cold water and stirred for 10 minutes. The solid was collected by filtration and then ethyl acetate and water were added. The two phases were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with 5% methanol in ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The combined organic phases were passed through phase separating paper and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by achiral preparative HPLC, followed by chiral preparative SFC to give the title compounds as off-white solids.
  • Example 83, single enantiomer 1: 24.7 mg, 13%
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.71 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 9.47 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 9.35 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 8.80 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.28 (dd, J=4.3, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.05-7.99 (m, 1H), 6.02-5.97 (m, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 1.82 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=368 at 2.60 min. Chiral analysis (Method 30) at 1.69 min.
  • Example 84, single enantiomer 2: 27.3 mg, 14%
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.71 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 9.47 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 9.35 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.80 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.28 (dd, J=4.3, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.05-7.99 (m, 1H), 6.02-5.97 (m, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 1.82 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=368 at 2.60 min. Chiral analysis (Method 30) at 3.1 min.
  • The following compounds reported in the table below were obtained as single isomers by chiral preparative SFC purification following the same procedure described for the preparation of the single enantiomers of 6-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine:
  • Analytical data
    Chemical Name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 87
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00259
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.73 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.47 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.34 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.69 (s, 1 H), 8.63 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.11 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (dd, J = 2.1, 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.02-5.96 (m, 1 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 2.41 (s, 3 H), 1.82 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 364 at 3.59 min. Chiral analysis (Method 23) at 1.0 min.
    Example 88
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00260
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.73 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.47 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.34 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.69 (s, 1 H), 8.63 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.11 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (dd, J = 1.9, 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.02-5.96 (m, 1 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 2.41 (s, 3 H), 1.82 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 364 at 3.59 min. Chiral analysis (Method 23) at 1.64 min.
    • Example 91 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00261
  • 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (90 mg, 0.37 mmol) and DIPEA (0.32 ml, 1.87 mmol) were suspended in toluene (3.5 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 95° C. and phosphorus(V) oxychloride (0.042 mL, 0.45 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 95° C. for 2 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo and to the resulting residue was added (5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)methanamine hydrochloride (93 mg, 0.56 mmol), DIPEA (0.32 mL, 1.87 mmol) and dioxane (3.5 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 95° C. for an additional 5 hours. The reaction was diluted with water and the solid was collected. The precipitate was suspended in DMSO and filtered. The solid was washed with water, then with ethyl acetate and dried under vacuum to give the title compound (31 mg, 24%) as an off-white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.62-9.56 (m, 1H), 9.45 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 9.09 (s, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.02-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.49 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 5.19 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (s, 3H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=353 at 2.78 min.
  • The following compounds were synthesised following the procedure described for the preparation of 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine:
  • Analytical data
    Chemical Name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 92
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00262
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.52 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1 H), 9.42 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.10 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.63 (s, 1 H), 8.00-7.94 (m, 2 H), 7.49-7.42 (m, 2 H), 5.07 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2 H), 2.33 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 337 at 3.36 min.
    Example 93
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00263
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.67-9.62 (m, 1 H), 9.44 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.11 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.63 (s, 1 H), 8.01- 7.95 (m, 2 H), 7.49-7.42 (m, 2 H), 5.23 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 2 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 391 at 3.84 min.
    Example 94
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00264
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.74 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 9.60 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.23 (d, J = 1 Hz, 1 H), 8.96 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.88 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.64 (s, 1 H), 8.27-8.18 (m, 2 H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.79-5.70 (m, 1 H), 1.76 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 432 at 3.73 min. Chiral analysis (Method 26) at 1.45 min.
    Example 95
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00265
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.44 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.20 (s, 2 H), 9.18 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.01-8.98 (m, 1 H), 8.61 (s, 1 H), 7.97-7.95 (m, 2 H), 7.64-7.61 (m, 2 H), 7.51-7.48 (m, 1 H), 5.73-5.71 (m, 1 H), 1.74 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 397 at 3.57 min. Chiral analysis (Method 17) at 2.05 min.
    • Intermediate 11 6-Chloro-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00266
  • 6-Chloropyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (50 mg, 0.27 mmol), (Benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (158 mg, 0.30 mmol) and (6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methanamine hydrochloride salt (59 mg, 0.30 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.2 mL, 7 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for 16 hours. After return to room temperature, brine (10 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×15 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with 0-20% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound (50 mg, 65%).
  • LCMS (Method 4): [NM+]=288.0 at 2.33 min.
  • The following compound was prepared according to the same procedure described for the preparation of 6-Chloro-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (Intermediate 11):
  • Chemical Name Analytical data
    Intermediate No. Structure LC-MS
    Intermediate 12 6-Chloro-N-((1R)-1-(2- LCMS (Method 4):
    (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- [MH+] = 355.0 at
    yl)ethyl)cinnolin-4-amine 2.76 min.
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00267
    • Example 26 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00268
  • 6-Chloro-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (50 mg, 0.17 mmol), potassium carbonate (96 mg, 0.70 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (73 mg, 0.52 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (30 mg, 0.026 mmol) were placed in a microwave vial. Dioxane (2 mL) and water (0.5 mL) were added and the solution was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 110° C. for 20 minutes in a microwave reactor. After return to room temperature, water (2 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×15 mL). The combined organic phase were dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with 0-20% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound (9 mg, 15%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.57 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.39 (dd, J=5.6, 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J=8.8, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.21 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (s, 3H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=347.0 at 3.18 min.
  • The following compound was prepared according to the same procedure described for the preparation of 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine:
  • Analytical data
    Chemical Name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 27
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00269
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.19 (s, 2 H), 9.18 (s, 1 H), 9.04-9.01 (m, 1 H), 8.84 (s, 1 H), 8.56 (s, 1 H), 8.27 (ddd, J = 3.2, 5.3, 12.1 Hz, 2 H), 7.43 (dd, J = 8.8, 8.8 Hz, 2 H), 5.71-5.64 (m, 1 H), 1.77 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 415 at 4.66 min.
    • Example 28 N-[(6-Methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00270
  • Nitrogen was bubbled for 5 min through a mixture of 6-chloro-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (intermediate 11) (100 mg, 0.35 mmol), 5-methyl-2-(tributylstannyl)thiazole (271 mg, 0.7 mmol) and potassium carbonate (96 mg, 0.70 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL), then [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) complex with dichloromethane (57 mg, 0.07 mmol) and Cu(I)I (13 mg, 0.07 mmol) were added. The resulting mixture was heated to 100° C. for one hour. The reaction was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). The organic phase was filtered through Celite® and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (9 mg, 7%) as a brown solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.72 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.99 (s, 1H), 8.59-8.57 (m, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.62-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.49 (m, 1H), 5.05-5.01 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=350 at 3.01 min.
  • The following compounds were prepared according to the same procedure described for the preparation of N-[(6-Methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine:
  • Analytical data
    Chemical Name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 29
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00271
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.71 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 1 H), 9.23- 9.17 (m, 2 H), 8.59 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 2 H), 8.42-8.36 (m, 1 H), 7.86-7.79 (m, 1 H), 7.62-7.57 (m, 1 H), 7.53-7.48 (m, 1 H), 5.04 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.62- 2.59 (m, 3 H), 2.42 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 344 at 2.33 min.
    Example 30
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00272
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.34 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 9.19 (s, 2 H), 9.11 (s, 1 H), 9.05 (s, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 7.76 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.72-5.64 (m, 1 H), 2.56 (s, 3 H), 1.75 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 418 at 4.66 min.
    • Intermediate 13 6-Bromo-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00273
  • 6-Bromopyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (150 mg, 0.66 mmol), (benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (380 mg, 0.73 mmol) and (6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methanamine hydrochloride salt (143 mg, 0.73 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (2.9 mL, 16 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 50° C. for 6 hours. After return to room temperature, brine (10 mL) was added and the reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×15 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with 0-20% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound (50 mg, 23%) as an off-white solid.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=331.0 at 2.92 min.
  • The following compound was prepared according to the same procedure described for the preparation of 6-Bromo-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (Intermediate 13):
  • Analytical data
    Intermediate Chemical Name 1H NMR
    No. Structure LC-MS
    Intermediate 14
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00274
         		LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 399.0 at 3.03 min.
    • Example 31 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00275
  • 6-Bromo-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (Intermediate 13) (50 mg, 0.15 mmol), potassium carbonate (63 mg, 0.45 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (23 mg, 0.16 mmol) and [1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (11 mg, 0.016 mmol) were placed in a microwave vial. 1.4-Dioxane (2 mL) and water (0.5 mL) were added and the solution was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 110° C. for 20 minutes in a microwave reactor. After return to room temperature, water (2 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×15 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with 0-20% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound (22 mg, 42%) as an off-white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.22 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 8.19-8.08 (m, 4H), 7.54 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 5.19 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (s, 3H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=347.0 at 2.93 min.
    • Example 32 N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[3,2-d]-pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00276
  • Nitrogen was bubbled for 5 min through a mixture of 6-chloro-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (70 mg, 0.21 mmol), 5-methyl-2-(tributylstannyl)pyridine (0.15 mL, 0.42 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (37 mg, 0.032 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. for 18 hours. The crude was cooled down to room temperature, diluted in methanol and loaded onto an SCX cartridge. The cartridge was washed with methanol and the filtrate was collected when eluting with a 7M solution of ammonia in methanol. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (19 mg, 26% yield).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.84 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.54 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (dd, J=5.3, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J=1.9, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+]=344.2 at 3.34 min.
  • The following compounds were synthesised following the same procedure used for the preparation of N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[3,2-d]-pyrimidin-4-amine:
  • Analytical data
    Chemical Name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 33
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00277
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.84 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.65 (s, 1 H), 8.56 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.43 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.22 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.71- 7.63 (m, 2 H), 5.93-5.85 (m, 1 H), 2.44 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 6H), 1.87 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 348.3 at 2.97 min.
    Example 34
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00278
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.07 (dd, J = 6.0, 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.51-8.48 (m, 2 H), 8.24 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.79 (s, 1 H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 5.08 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2 H), 2.61 (s, 3 H), 2.58 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 350 at 2.68 min.
    • Example 35 (R)-6-(5-Methylpyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00279
  • To (R)-6-bromo-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (Intermediate 14) (210 mg, 0.53 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (4.0 mL) was added potassium carbonate (145 mg, 1.05 mmol), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (86 mg, 0.10 mmol), and copper iodide (20 mg). The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and then 3-methyl-5-tributylstannylthiazole (402 mg, 1.05 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated to 100° C. for 16 hours. After return to room temperature, water (10 mL) was added and the reaction was extracted with dichloromethane (3×10 mL). Combined organic phases were filtered through a hydrophobic frit. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (7.1 mg, 33%) as an off-white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.25 (s, 2H), 8.94 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.88 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.83 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J=1.7, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.83 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]=412.2 at 4.60 min.
    • Example 36 (R)-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00280
  • Nitrogen was bubbled for 5 min through a mixture of (R)-6-bromo-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (intermediate 14) (100 mg, 0.25 mmol), potassium carbonate (69 mg, 0.501 mmol), 3-methyl-5-tributylstannylthiazole (195 mg, 0.50 mmol) and copper iodide (9.5 mg, 0.05 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (4.0 mL), then [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) complex with dichloromethane (41 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated to 100° C. for one hour. After return to room temperature, water (10 mL) was added and the reaction was extracted with dichloromethane (3×10 mL). Combined organic phases were filtered through a hydrophobic frit. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (6.8 mg, 7%) as an off-white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.24 (s, 2H), 8.59 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.53-8.48 (m, 2H), 8.24 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 5.76-5.71 (m, 1H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 1.82 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]=418.2 at 4.20 min.
    • Intermediate 15 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00281
  • Nitrogen was bubbled for 15 minutes through a mixture of 6-bromopyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (286 mg, 1.27 mmol), potassium carbonate (252 mg, 3.80 mmol), 4-fluoro(phenyl boronic acid) (195 mg, 1.40 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) and water (0.5 mL), then [1,1′bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) complex with dichloromethane (93 mg, 0.127 mmol) was added. The reaction was sealed and heated to 110° C. for 30 minutes in a microwave reactor. After return to room temperature, water (5 mL) was added and the reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×5 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (10 mL) and passed through a hydrophobic frit. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with 0-15% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound (294 mg, 96%) as a red powder.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]=242.0 at 3.15 min.
    • Example 37 (R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00282
  • To a solution of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (intermediate 15) (150 mg, 0.62 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) was successively added (benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (356 mg, 0.68 mmol) and di-isopropylethylamine (2.7 mL, 15.6 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated to 50° C. for one hour then (R)-1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride (156 mg, 0.68 mmol) was added and the heating was maintained at 50° C. for 2 hours. After return to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (10 mL). The organic phase was washed with brine (2×20 mL), passed through a hydrophobic frit and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (13 mg, 5%) as an off-white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.21 (s, 2H), 8.53-8.44 (m, 4H), 8.19 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J=8.8, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.74 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.07 (s, 1H), 1.81 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]=414.4 at 4.96 min.
  • The following compound was synthesised following the same procedure described for the preparation of (R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine:
  • Analytical data
    Chemical Name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 38
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00283
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.12 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.59- 8.51 (m, 4 H), 8.23 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.41 (dd, J = 8.9, 8.9 Hz, 2 H), 5.92-5.84 (m, 1 H), 2.35 (s, 3 H), 1.81 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [M + H] = 351.3 at 3.92 min.
    • Intermediate 16 6-Bromopteridin-4(3H)-one
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00284
  • Acetic anhydride (10 mL, 105.79 mmol) was added to a suspension of 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine-2-carboxamide (2 g, 9.22 mmol) in triethyl orthoformate (20 mL, 120.24 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 120° C. for one hour and at 90° C. for 2 days. After return to room temperature, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated in IPA, filtered and dried to give the title compound (1.3 g, 62%) as a brown solid.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=227.0 at 1.81 min.
    • Intermediate 17 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)pteridin-4(3H)-one
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00285
  • 6-Bromopteridin-4(3H)-one (Intermediate 16) (300 mg, 1.32 mmol), potassium carbonate (548 mg, 3.96 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (203 mg, 1.45 mmol) and [1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (97 mg, 0.132 mmol) were placed in a microwave vial. Dioxane (5 mL) and water (0.5 mL) were added and the solution was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 110° C. for 35 minutes in a microwave reactor. After return to room temperature, water (5 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with a mixture of CHCl3/IPA (60:40) (3×20 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give the title compound (280 mg, 88%) as a red solid.
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=243.0 at 2.93 min.
    • Example 39 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pteridin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00286
    • Step 1: Preparation of 4-chloro-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pteridine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00287
  • To a solution of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)pteridin-4(3H)-one (Intermediate 17) (280 mg, 1.16 mmol) in thionyl chloride (2.6 mL, 35.98 mmol) was added N,N-dimethylformamide (0.1 mL, 0.01 mmol) and the mixture was heated at reflux for three hours. After return to room temperature, toluene (5 mL) was added and the solvent was removed in vacuo. Toluene was added two more times and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound which was taken on to the next step without further purification.
    • Step 2: Preparation of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pteridin-4-amine
  • 4-Chloro-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pteridine (120 mg, 0.460 mmol), 6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methanamine dihydrochloride (81 mg, 0.506 mmol) and triethylamine (0.19 mL, 1.38 mmol) were dissolved in isopropanol (2.0 mL) and heated to 70° C. for 3 hours. Then, the mixture was cooled down to room temperature and loaded onto an SCX cartridge. The cartridge was washed with methanol and the filtrate was collected when eluting with a 7M solution of ammonia in methanol. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (8.6 mg, 7% yield).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.48 (s, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.16 (dd, J=5.3, 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.22 (m, 2H), 5.18 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=348.0 at 3.17 min.
    • Example 40 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)pteridin-4-amine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00288
  • To a solution of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)pteridin-4(3H)-one (Intermediate 17) (40 mg, 0.165 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was successively added (benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (95 mg, 0.18 mmol), di-isopropylethylamine (0.71 mL, 4.1 mmol) and 1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethan-1-amine hydrochloride (36 mg, 0.18 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated to 50° C. for 2 hours. After return to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The combined organic phases were passed through a hydrophobic frit and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative PLC to give the title compound (113 mg, 1200) as a yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.81 (s, 1H), 9.46 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.67-8.60 (m, 3H), 7.47 (dd, J=8.9, 8.9 Hz, 2H), 5.94-5.88 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.81 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+]=352.2 at 3.93 min.
  • The following compounds reported in the table below were prepared according to the same procedure described for the preparation of 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)pteridin-4-amine:
  • Chemical Name Analytical data
    Example No. Structure 1H NMR LC-MS
    Example 41 (R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(2- 1H NMR (400 MHz,
    (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- DMSO): δ 9.77 (s, 1 H),
    yl)ethyl)pteridin-4-amine 9.23 (s, 2 H), 9.20 (d, J =
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00289
         		8.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.64-8.57 (m, 3 H), 7.47 (dd, J = 8.8, 8.8 Hz, 2 H), 5.82-5.76 (m, 1 H), 1.81 (d J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [M + H] = 416.2 at of 4.56 min.
    Example 42 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6- 1H NMR (400 MHz,
    methylpyridin-3- DMSO): δ 9.76 (s, 1 H),
    yl)methyl)pteridin-4-amine 9.53 (dd, J = 6.2, 6.2 Hz, 1
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00290
         		H), 8.63 (s, 1 H), 8.61-8.56 (m, 2 H), 8.53 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (dd, J = 2.4, 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.9, 8.9 Hz, 2 H), 7.22 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.83 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.44 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3):
    [M + H] = 347.3 at 2.58 min.
  • The following compounds reported in the table below were obtained as single isomers by chiral preparative SFC purification of the appropriate racemic mixture hereinabove described.
  • Analytical data
    Chemical Name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Example 43
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00291
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.78 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.52 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 9.37 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 8.68 (s, 2 H), 8.16 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.90 (dd, J = 1.4, 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.90-5.83 (m, 1 H), 2.45 (s, 3 H), 2.38 (s, 3 H), 1.80 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4) [MH+] = 348 at 2.87 min. Chiral analysis (Method 10) at 1.60 min.
    Example 44
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00292
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.78 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.52 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 9.37 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 8.68 (s, 2 H), 8.16 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.90 (dd, J = 1.4, 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.90-5.83 (m, 1 H), 2.45 (s, 3 H), 2.38 (s, 3 H), 1.80 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3) [MH+] = 348 at 3.49 min. Chiral analysis (Method 10) at 2.34 min.
    Example 45
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00293
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.45 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.23-9.18 (m, 2 H), 8.68 (s, 1 H), 8.04-7.99 (m, 2 H), 7.49 (dd, J = 8.8, 8.8 Hz, 2 H), 5.87 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.38 (s, 3 H), 1.80 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 351 at 3.21 min. Chiral analysis (Method 10) at 1.09 min.
    Example 46
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00294
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.45 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 9.22-9.18 (m, 2 H), 8.68 (s, 1 H), 8.04-7.99 (m, 2 H), 7.49 (dd, J = 8.8, 8.8 Hz, 2 H), 5.89-5.83 (m, 1 H), 2.38 (s, 3 H), 1.79 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 351 at 3.18 min. Chiral analysis (Method 10) at 1.45 min.
    Example 47
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00295
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.57 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 9.47 (d, J = 4.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.37 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.69 (s, 1 H), 7.82 (s, 1 H), 5.90-5.84 (m, 1 H), 2.62 (s, 3 H), 2.38 (s, 3 H), 1.79 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3) [MH+] = 354 at 3.31 min. Chiral analysis (Method 5) at 1.21 min.
    Example 48
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00296
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.57 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 9.47 (d, J = 4.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.37 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.69 (s, 1 H), 7.82 (s, 1 H), 5.90-5.84 (m, 1 H), 2.62 (s, 3 H), 2.38 (s, 3 H), 1.79 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3) [MH+] = 354 at 3.31 min. Chiral analysis (Method 5) at 1.52 min.
    Example 102
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00297
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.43 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 9.28 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1 H), 9.11 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.64 (s, 1 H), 8.00-7.95 (m, 2 H), 7.49- 7.42 (m, 2 H), 5.94 (dq, J = 7.0, 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 1.83 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 405 at 4.12 min. Chiral analysis (Method 24) at 1.02 min.
    Example 103
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00298
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.40 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 9.20-9.13 (m, 2 H), 8.69 (s, 1 H), 7.99-7.94 (m, 2 H), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.9, 8.9 Hz, 2 H), 6.01-5.96 (m, 1 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 1.82 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 367 at 2.96 min. Chiral analysis (Method 10) at 2.73 min.
    Example 104
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00299
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.40 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 9.20-9.13 (m, 2 H), 8.69 (s, 1 H), 7.99-7.94 (m, 2 H), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.9, 8.9 Hz, 2 H), 6.01-5.96 (m, 1 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 1.82 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 367 at 2.95 min. Chiral analysis (Method 10) at 3.86 min.
    Example 105
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00300
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.36 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.24 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.00-8.98 (m, 1 H), 8.57 (s, 1 H), 8.47 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.00-7.92 (m, 3 H), 7.47-7.41 (m, 2 H), 5.90-5.84 (m, 1 H), 1.65 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 382 at 4.3 min. Chiral analysis (Method 31) at 1.41 min.
    Example 106
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00301
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.35 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.24 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 9.00-8.98 (m, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.47 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.00-7.94 (m, 3 H), 7.46-7.42 (m, 2 H), 5.90-5.84 (m, 1 H), 1.65 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3 H). LCMS (Method 4): [MH+] = 382 at 4.3 min. Chiral analysis (Method 31) at 2.11 min.
  • Pharmacological Activity of the Compounds of the Invention.
  • In Vitro Electrophysiology Assay for P2X3
  • Cells expressing P2X3 receptors were grown according to standard practice and maintained at 37° C. in a 5% humidified CO2 atmosphere. The cells were seeded into T175 flask 2 days prior to the day of the assay and dissociated from the flasks using TrypLE when grown to confluence of 80-90%. The dissociated cells were resuspended in serum free media at a cell density of 3×106 cells/ml and loaded onto the Sophion Qube automated patch-clamp system. The extracellular assay buffer contained 145 mM NaCl, 4 mM KCl, 2 mM CaCl2), 1 mM MgCl2, 10 mM HEPES, and 10 mM glucose at pH 7.4. The intracellular assay solution contained 140 mM CsF, 10 mM NaCl, 10 mM EGTA, 10 mM HEPES at pH 7.2. Agonist stock solutions were prepared in H2O and diluted in bath solution prior to use. All antagonists were prepared as 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO and diluted in bath solution prior to use. All experiments were performed under the whole-cell patch clamp configuration at room temperature with 384 individual cells being voltage clamped at −60 mV simultaneously on the Sophion Qube instrument. Two baseline responses were established with the application of α,β-MeATP (800 nM), with the subsequent agonist applications being washed out using extracellular assay buffer containing 0.5 U/ml apyrase. Following the second agonist application, antagonist was incubated in the absence of α,β-MeATP for 10 minutes. After antagonist preincubation, 800 nM α,β-MeATP and antagonist were co-administered to determine the inhibitory effect of the antagonist. One concentration of an antagonist was assessed against a single cell, with different concentrations of the antagonist applied to other cells on the 384 recording substrate. The control P2X3 current amplitude was taken from the peak current amplitude from the second agonist response prior to preincubation with antagonist. The peak P2X3 current amplitude in the presence of antagonist was used to calculate the inhibitory effect at each concentration of the antagonist according to the following equation:
  • Percentage inhibition of P2X3=(P2X3 control peak amplitude-P2X3 antagonist peak amplitude)/P2X3 control peak amplitude)*100.
  • Concentration-response curves were constructed from ten different concentrations with each concentration of antagonist tested on at least two individual cells. The concentration of the antagonist to inhibit P2X3 current by 50% (IC50) was determined by fitting the data with the following equation:

  • Y=a+[(b−a)/(1+10{circumflex over ( )}((log c−x)d)]
  • Where ‘a’ is minimum response, ‘b’ is maximum response, ‘c’ is IC50 and ‘d’ is Hill slope.
  • The results for individual compounds are provided below in Table 8 and are expressed as range of activity.
  • TABLE 8
    Example No. h P2X3
     1 +++
     2 +++
     3 ++
     4 ++
     5 +
     6 +++
     7 +++
     8 ++
     9 +++
    10 +++
    11 +++
    12 ++
    13 +++
    14 +++
    15 +++
    16 +++
    17 ++
    18 +
    19 +++
    20 +++
    21 +
    22 +
    23 +
    24 +
    25 +
    26 +++
    27 +++
    28 +++
    29 ++
    30 +++
    31 ++
    32 +++
    33 ++
    34 ++
    35 +++
    36 +++
    37 ++
    38 +
    39 ++
    40 ++
    41 ++
    42 +++
    43 +
    44 +++
    45 +
    46 +++
    47 ++
    48 ++
    49 +++
    50 +++
    51 ++
    52 +++
    54 ++
    55 ++
    56 ++
    58 +++
    59 +
    60 ++
    63 ++
     63a ++
    65 +
    66 ++
    67 ++
    68 ++
    69 +++
    70 ++
    71 ++
    72 ++
    73 ++
    75 ++
    76 +++
    77 ++
    78 ++
    79 ++
    80 ++
    82 ++
    83 ++
    84 ++
    87 +
    88 +++
    91 ++
    92 ++
    93 ++
    94 +
    95 +++
    102  ++
    103  +
    104  ++
    105  ++
    106  +
    107  +++
  • wherein the compounds are classified in term of potency with respect to their inhibitory activity on P2X3 isoform according to the following classification criterion:
  • ++ + : ⁢ ⁢ pIC 50 ⁢ hP ⁢ ⁢ 2 ⁢ X 3 ⁢ > 6.5 ⁢ ++ ⁢ : ⁢ ⁢ 6.5 < pIC 5 ⁢ 0 ⁢ h ⁢ P ⁢ 2 ⁢ X 3 > 5.5 ⁢ + : ⁢ ⁢ 5.5 < pIC 5 ⁢ 0 ⁢ hP ⁢ ⁢ 2 ⁢ ⁢ X 3 > 4 . 5
  • In Vitro Electrophysiology Assay for P2X2/3
  • The same assay protocol was used for the P2X2/3 assay as the P2X3 assay with two modifications: 1) 10 μM ATP was used as the agonist; and 2) the mean current amplitude was measured seven seconds after the application of agonist.
  • The results of Table 9 indicate that representative compounds of the present invention are selective P2X3 antagonist.
  • TABLE 9
    Example No. hP2X3 hP2X2/3
    3 ++ +
    7 +++ +
    9 +++ ++
    11 +++ +
    13 +++ +
    14 +++ ++
    15 +++ ++
    19 +++ +
    27 +++ +
    32 +++ +
    34 ++ +
    42 +++ +
    46 +++ +
    49 +++ +
    51 ++ +
    52 +++ +
    55 ++ +
    67 ++ +
    68 ++ +
    69 +++ +
    78 ++ +
    88 +++ +
    92 ++ +
    102 ++ +
    104 ++ +
    107 +++ +
  • wherein the compounds are classified in term of potency with respect to their inhibitory activity on P2X3 and P2X2/3 isoforms according to the following classification criterion:
  • ++ + : ⁢ pIC 50 ⁢ hP ⁢ ⁢ 2 ⁢ ⁢ X 3 ⁢ ⁢ or ⁢ ⁢ hP2X 2 / 3 > 6 . 5 ⁢ ++ : ⁢ 6.5 < pI ⁢ C 5 ⁢ 0 ⁢ h ⁢ P ⁢ 2 ⁢ X 3 ⁢ ⁢ or ⁢ ⁢ hP2X 2 / 3 > 5.5 ⁢ + : ⁢ 5.5 < pIC 5 ⁢ 0 ⁢ hP ⁢ ⁢ 2 ⁢ X 3 ⁢ ⁢ or ⁢ ⁢ hP ⁢ ⁢ 2 ⁢ X 2 / 3 > 4 . 5
    • Comparative Example A 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-[(6-methyl-3-pyridyl)methoxy]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00302
    • Step 1: Synthesis of 6-bromo-4-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methoxy)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00303
  • 6-Bromopyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (202 mg, 0.89 mmol) (Intermediate 1), 5-hydroxymethyl-2-methylpyridine (110 mg, 0.89 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (328 mg, 1.25 mmol) were stirred in dry THE (7 mL) and a solution of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (229 L, 1.16 mmol) in dry THE (3 mL) was added dropwise and stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The reaction was filtered and the precipitate was washed with (2:1) DCM/MeOH (20 mL). The filtrates were combined and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0-100% EtOAc in DCM to give 6-bromo-4-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methoxy)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (164 mg, 55%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.08 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.67 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.55 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J=2.4, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H).
    • Step 2: Synthesis of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-[(6-methyl-3-pyridyl)methoxy]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine
  • Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00304
  • Nitrogen gas was bubbled through a mixture of 6-bromo-4-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methoxy)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (84 mg, 0.254 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid, pinacol ester (76 mg, 0.342 mmol) and cesium fluoride (116 mg, 0.761 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and water (0.3 mL). After 5 min, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (29 mg, 0.025 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was heated at 95° C. for 16 hours. The reaction was diluted with water (6 mL) and EtOAc (3 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted EtOAc (2×10 mL). The combined organic phases were passed through a hydrophobic frit, combined and the solvent was removed in vacuo. Purification by reverse phase preparative HPLC afforded 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-[(6-methyl-3-pyridyl)methoxy]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (52 mg, 59%) as a 0.5 eq formate salt.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.35 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 0.5H), 7.97 (dd, J=5.3, 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (dd, J=2.1, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J=8.8, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H).
  • LCMS (Method 4): [MH+]=347 at 2.82 min.
  • The following compound reported in the table below was prepared according to the same procedure described for the preparation of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-[(6-methyl-3-pyridyl)methoxy]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine.
  • Analytical data
    Comparative Chemical name 1H NMR
    Example No. Structure LC-MS
    Comparative Example B
    Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00305
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.70 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.14 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.92 (s, 1 H), 8.66-8.60 (m, 2 H), 8.18 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.83 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 (dd, J = 1.9, 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.27 (s, 2 H), 2.49 (s, 3 H), 2.42 (s, 3 H). LCMS (Method 3): [MH+] = 344 at 3.31 m
  • The activity of the comparative examples A and B have been tested in the in vitro Electrophysiology Assay for P2X3 as described above.
  • Results for individual compounds are provided below in Table 10 and are expressed as range of activity.
  • TABLE 10
    Comparative Example No. h P2X3
    A inactive
    B inactive
    Inactive: pIC50 h P2X3 < 4.5.

Claims (16)

1. A compound of formula (I)
Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00306
wherein X1, X2 and X3 are independently CH or N,
Z is H or selected from the group consisting of (C1-C4)alkyl-, heteroaryl, aryl, wherein any of such heteroaryl and aryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo, CN, (RARB)NC(O)—;
R1 is H;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, (C3-C8)heterocycloalkyl-(C1-C6)alkyl-, wherein any of such alkyl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo, RAO(C1-C4)alkylene-, (C1-C6) haloalkyl, RAO—;
RA and RB are at each occurrence independently H or (C1-C4)alkyl-, or
RA and RB may form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached a 6-membered saturated heterocyclic monocyclic ring system optionally containing a further heteroatom which is nitrogen, which may be optionally substituted by RC(O)C—;
RC is (C1-C6)alkyl;
J is H or (RARB)N—.
2. A compound according to claim 1, selected from the group consisting of:
(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-((6-Methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
(R)-6-(5-Methylpyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
(R)-6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
(R)-6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(p-tolyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-((3,5-difluoropyridin-2-yl)methyl)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[(1R)-1-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[3,2-d]-pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methyl)pteridin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[[3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,N-[(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)-N-((3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
(6-(5-Fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[(1R)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
(R)-6-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(1R)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]-6-(5-methylpyrimidin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(1R)-1-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridazin-3-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-N-((3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(5-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[1-[3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(5-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 1 of N-(1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 2 of N-(1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[[3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-chloro-2-pyridyl)-N-[(1S)-1-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-phenyl-N-[(1R)-1-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[1-[3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 1 of N-[1-(3,5-difluoro-2-pyridyl)ethyl]-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 2 of N-[1-(3,5-difluoro-2-pyridyl)ethyl]-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[1-(3,5-difluoro-2-pyridyl)ethyl]-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[(1R)-1-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine.
3. A compound of formula (I) according to claim 1, wherein X1 is N, X2 and X3 are CH, represented by the formula (Ia)
Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00307
wherein
Z is H or selected from the group consisting of (C1-C4)alkyl-, heteroaryl, aryl, wherein any of such heteroaryl and aryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo, CN, (RARB)NC(O)—;
R1 is H;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, (C3-C8)heterocycloalkyl-(C1-C6)alkyl, wherein any of such alkyl, heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo, RAO(C1-C4)alkylene-, (C1-C6) haloalkyl, RAO—;
RA and RB are at each occurrence independently H or (C1-C4)alkyl-, or
RA and RB may form together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached a 6 membered saturated heterocyclic monocyclic ring system optionally containing a further heteroatom which is nitrogen, which may be optionally substituted by RC(O)C—;
RC is (C1-C6)alkyl;
J is H or (RARB)N—.
4. A compound according to claim 3, selected from the group consisting of:
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
(R)-5-(1-((6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine 1-oxide;
(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
(S)-2-((6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)-2-(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)ethan-1-ol;
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(2-morpholinoethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine formate;
N-(1-(3-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-4-amine;
N-((6-Methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
(R)-6-(5-Methylpyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)-N-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
(R)-6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
(R)-6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
N-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(p-tolyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
N-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
2-(4-(((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)benzonitrile;
2-(4-(((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)benzamide;
N-((3,5-difluoropyridin-2-yl)methyl)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
1-(4-(6-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one;
1-(4-(4-(((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one;
1-(4-(4-(((6-Methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one;
1-(4-(4-(((6-Methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one;
1-(4-(6-Methyl-4-(((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)amino)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-one,
6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[[3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
2-((6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)-2-(5-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)ethan-1-ol,
(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)propan-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-(1-(3,5-difluoropyridin-2-yl)ethyl)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)-N-((3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
(6-(5-Fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[(1R)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
(R)-6-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(1R)-1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl]-6-(5-methylpyrimidin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(1R)-1-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridazin-3-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-N-((3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(5-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[1-[3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(5-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-N-[1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 1 of N-(1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 2 of N-(1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[[3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-chloro-2-pyridyl)-N-[(1S)-1-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-phenyl-N-[(1R)-1-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-[1-[3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 1 of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 2 of 6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 1 of N-[1-(3,5-difluoro-2-pyridyl)ethyl]-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
Single enantiomer 2 of N-[1-(3,5-difluoro-2-pyridyl)ethyl]-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
N-[1-(3,5-difluoro-2-pyridyl)ethyl]-6-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine,
6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[(1R)-1-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine.
5. A compounds of formula (I) according to claim 1, wherein X1 is CH, X2 and X3 are independently CH or N represented by the formula Ib
Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00308
wherein
Z is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and aryl wherein any of such aryl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, halo;
R1 is H;
R2 is heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, wherein any of such alkyl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, (C1-C6) haloalkyl;
J is H.
6. A compound according to claim 5, selected from the group consisting of
6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-[(1R)-1-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
N-[(6-Methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
N-[(6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methyl-2-pyridyl)pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-[(1R)-1-[2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethyl]pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[3,2-d]-pyrimidin-4-amine;
N-(1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)-6-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
N-[(6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl]-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
(R)-6-(5-Methylpyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
(R)-6-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)-pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;
6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine.
7. A compound of formula (I) according to claim 1, wherein X1 and X3 are N and X2 is CH, represented by the formula Ic
Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00309
wherein
Z is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein any of such aryl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo and (C1-C3)alkyl;
R1 is H;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl(C1-C4)alkyl-, wherein any of such heteroaryl may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from (C1-C3)alkyl, (C1-C6) haloalkyl;
J is H.
8. A compound according to claim 7, selected from the group consisting of:
6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl)pteridin-4-amine
6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)pteridin-4-amine
(R)-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)pteridine amine
6-(4-Fluorophenyl)-N-((6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methyl)pteridin-4-amine.
9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, either alone or in combination with another one or more active ingredient, in admixture with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
10. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 9 for oral administration.
11. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claims 9 and 10 for use as a medicament.
12. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claims 9 and 10 for the use in treatment of any disease wherein the P2X3 receptors are involved.
13. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claims 9 and 10 for use in the prevention and/or treatment of respiratory diseases including cough, sub-acute or chronic cough, treatment-resistant cough, idiopathic chronic cough, post-viral cough, iatrogenic cough, asthma, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and cough associated with respiratory diseases such as COPD, asthma and bronchospasm.
14. A compound or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 13 for use in the treatment of chronic cough.
15. Compounds of formula (IIIa)
Figure US20230212169A9-20230706-C00310
wherein X is N or CH,
R7 is OH and/or C1;
R8 is halo.
16. Use of compounds of formula (IIIa) according to claim 15, as intermediate in the preparation of compounds of formula (I) as described in claim 1.
US17/615,012 2019-05-31 2020-05-28 Pyridopyrimidines derivatives as p2x3 inhibitors Pending US20230212169A9 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19177610.3 2019-05-31
EP19177610 2019-05-31
EP19201165.8 2019-10-02
EP19201165 2019-10-02
PCT/EP2020/064915 WO2020239953A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-05-28 Pyridopyrimidines derivatives as p2x3 inhibitors

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20220235060A1 US20220235060A1 (en) 2022-07-28
US20230212169A9 true US20230212169A9 (en) 2023-07-06

Family

ID=70857198

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/615,012 Pending US20230212169A9 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-05-28 Pyridopyrimidines derivatives as p2x3 inhibitors

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (1) US20230212169A9 (en)
EP (1) EP3976609A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2022534434A (en)
KR (1) KR20220016074A (en)
CN (1) CN114222741A (en)
AU (1) AU2020281924A1 (en)
CA (1) CA3136024A1 (en)
MA (1) MA56020A (en)
MX (1) MX2021014116A (en)
WO (1) WO2020239953A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022160931A1 (en) * 2021-01-28 2022-08-04 浙江海正药业股份有限公司 Pyridopyrimidine derivative, preparation method therefor and use thereof

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4342007B2 (en) * 1998-08-10 2009-10-14 大日本住友製薬株式会社 Quinazoline derivatives
BRPI0615040A2 (en) * 2005-09-01 2011-04-26 Hoffmann La Roche diaminopyrimidines as p2x3 and p2x2 / 3 modulators
EP2038264B1 (en) 2006-06-29 2016-10-26 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Tetrazole-substituted arylamides
EP2136639B1 (en) 2007-04-02 2016-03-09 Evotec AG Pyrid-2-yl fused heterocyclic compounds, and compositions and uses thereof
PL2139334T3 (en) 2007-04-17 2013-11-29 Evotec Ag 2-cyanophenyl fused heterocyclic compounds, and compositions and uses thereof
EP2262766B1 (en) 2008-02-29 2015-11-11 Evotec AG Amide compounds, compositions and uses thereof
JP5608655B2 (en) 2008-09-18 2014-10-15 エヴォテック アーゲー Modulator of P2X3 receptor activity
CA2817577A1 (en) * 2010-11-10 2012-05-18 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2016084922A1 (en) 2014-11-28 2016-06-02 塩野義製薬株式会社 1,2,4-triazine derivative and pharmaceutical composition thereof
WO2016088838A1 (en) 2014-12-04 2016-06-09 塩野義製薬株式会社 Purine derivative and pharmaceutical composition thereof
CR20170242A (en) 2014-12-09 2018-02-02 Bayer Ag BENZAMIDAS SUBSTITUTED COPN 1,3-TIAZOL-2-ILO
WO2017011729A1 (en) 2015-07-16 2017-01-19 Patara Pharma, LLC Combination therapies for the treatment of lung diseases
RS64155B1 (en) 2015-09-29 2023-05-31 Afferent Pharmaceuticals Inc Diaminopyrimidine p2x3 and p2x2/3 receptor modulators for use in the treatment of cough
GB201700814D0 (en) * 2017-01-17 2017-03-01 Liverpool School Tropical Medicine Compounds

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2020281924A1 (en) 2021-12-16
CA3136024A1 (en) 2020-12-03
MX2021014116A (en) 2021-12-10
WO2020239953A1 (en) 2020-12-03
MA56020A (en) 2022-04-06
EP3976609A1 (en) 2022-04-06
JP2022534434A (en) 2022-07-29
CN114222741A (en) 2022-03-22
US20220235060A1 (en) 2022-07-28
KR20220016074A (en) 2022-02-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220227749A1 (en) Amino quinazoline derivatives as p2x3 inhibitors
US20230212169A9 (en) Pyridopyrimidines derivatives as p2x3 inhibitors
US20240002371A1 (en) Phthalazine derivatives as p2x3 inhibitors
US20240025880A1 (en) Amino quinazoline derivatives as p2x3 inhibitors
US20230416233A1 (en) (aza)quinoline 4-amines derivatives as p2x3 inhibitors
US20220175784A1 (en) Isochromene derivatives as phosphoinositide 3-kinases inhibitors
US20230063121A1 (en) Quinazoline derivatives as lpa receptor 2 inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:CHARLES RIVER DISCOVERY RESEARCH SERVICES UK LIMITED;REEL/FRAME:059586/0804

Effective date: 20220330

Owner name: CHARLES RIVER DISCOVERY RESEARCH SERVICES UK LIMITED, UNITED KINGDOM

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BAKER-GLENN, CHARLES;PENROSE, STEPHEN DAVID;LANARO, ROBERTA;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:059586/0722

Effective date: 20220221

Owner name: CHIESI FARMACEUTICI S.P.A., ITALY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BRUNO, PAOLO;BIAGETTI, MATTEO;FIORELLI, CLAUDIO;SIGNING DATES FROM 20220118 TO 20220124;REEL/FRAME:059586/0667

AS Assignment

Owner name: CHIESI FARMACEUTICI S.P.A., ITALY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:CHARLES RIVER LABORATORIES, INC.;REEL/FRAME:059905/0592

Effective date: 20220331

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION